Quarterlytics / Industrials / Agricultural - Machinery / Manitex International, Inc.

Manitex International, Inc.

mntx · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker mntx
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Agricultural - Machinery
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Manitex International, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

ANNUAL REPORT 
PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) 
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 

Commission File No.: 001-32401 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Michigan 
(State of incorporation) 

9725 Industrial Drive 
Bridgeview, Illinois 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

42-1628978 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

60455 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (708) 430-7500 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, no par value 
Preferred Share Purchase Rights 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes        No    

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes        No    

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes        No     

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter 
period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes        No    

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to 
the  best  of  registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by  reference  in  Part  III  of  this  Form  10-K  or  any 
amendment to this Form 10-K. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, 
or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging 
growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large Accelerated Filer 

Non-Accelerated Filer 

Emerging growth company 

 

 

 

Accelerated Filer 

Smaller reporting company 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes        No    

The aggregate market value of the shares of common stock, no par value (“Common Stock”), held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2018 
was approximately $169.2 million based upon the closing price for the Common Stock of $12.48 on the NASDAQ Stock Market on such date. 

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 1, 2019 was 19,677,293.  

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Part III of this Annual Report on  Form 10-K  incorporates by reference information (to the extent specific sections are referred to herein)  from the 
registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2019 Annual Meeting (the “2019 Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the 
fiscal year ended December 31, 2018. 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 
ITEM 1. 
ITEM 1A. 
ITEM 1B. 
ITEM 2. 
ITEM 3. 
ITEM 4. 

PART II 
ITEM 5. 

ITEM 6. 
ITEM 7. 

ITEM 7A. 
ITEM 8. 
ITEM 9. 

ITEM 9A. 
ITEM 9B. 

PART III 
ITEM 10. 
ITEM 11. 
TEM 12. 

ITEM 13. 
ITEM 14. 

PART IV 
ITEM 15. 

   BUSINESS .........................................................................................................................................................  
   RISK FACTORS ................................................................................................................................................  
   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS .............................................................................................................  
   PROPERTIES .....................................................................................................................................................  
   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ...................................................................................................................................  
   MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES ......................................................................................................................  

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES .................................................................................... 
   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ......................................................................................................................  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 

OF OPERATIONS ........................................................................................................................................ 
   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK ..................................  
   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA ...................................................................  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ........................................................................................................................ 
   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES...................................................................................................................  
   OTHER INFORMATION ..................................................................................................................................  

   DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ...........................................  
   EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION......................................................................................................................  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ................................................................................................... 
   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE   
   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ...................................................................................  

   EXHIBITS, AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES ........................................................................  

1 
2 
9 
15 
15 
16 
16 

17 

17 
19 

20 
37 
38 

91 
91 
93 

94 
94 
94 

94 
94 
94 

95 
95 

SIGNATURES .........................................................................................................................................................................   

103 

i 

  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

References to the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Manitex International, Inc., together in each case with our subsidiaries and 
any predecessor entities unless the context suggests otherwise. 

Forward-Looking Statements 

When reading this section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, it is important that you also read the financial statements and related 
notes thereto.  This Annual Report  on Form 10-K and certain information incorporated herein by  reference  contain  forward-looking 
statements within the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this 
Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  other  than  statements  that  are  purely  historical,  are  forward-looking  statements  and  are  based  upon 
management’s present expectations, objectives, anticipations, plans, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. We use 
words  such  as  “anticipate,”  “estimate,”  “plan,”  “project,”  “continuing,”  “ongoing,”  “expect,”  “believe,”  “intend,”  “may,”  “will,” 
“should,” “could,” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K include, without limitation: (1) projections of revenue, earnings, capital structure and other financial items, (2) statements 
of our plans and objectives, (3) statements regarding the capabilities and capacities of our business operations, (4) statements of expected 
future  economic  conditions  and  the  effect  on  us  and  on  our  customers,  (5) expected  benefits  of  our  cost  reduction  measures,  and 
(6) assumptions underlying statements regarding us or our business. Our actual results may differ from information contained in these 
forward-looking statements for many reasons, including those described below and in the section entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors”: 

(1) 

a future substantial deterioration in economic conditions, especially in the United States and Europe; 

(2)  government spending; fluctuations in the construction industry, and capital expenditures in the oil and gas industry; 

(3)  our level of indebtedness and our ability to meet financial covenants required by our debt agreements; 

(4)  our ability to negotiate extensions of our credit agreements and to obtain additional debt or equity financing when needed; 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

the impact that the restatement of our previously issued financial statements could have on our business reputation and relations 
with our customers and suppliers; 

the cyclical nature of the markets we operate in; 

increase in interest rates; 

(8)  our  increasingly  international  operations  expose  us  to  additional  risks  and  challenges  associated  with  conducting  business 

internationally; 

(9)  difficulties  in  implementing  new  systems,  integrating  acquired  businesses,  managing  anticipated  growth,  and  responding  to 

technological change; 

(10)  our customers’ diminished liquidity and credit availability; 

(11)  the performance of our competitors; 

(12)  shortages in supplies and raw materials or the increase in costs of materials; 

(13)  potential losses under residual value guarantees, 

(14)  product liability claims, intellectual property claims, and other liabilities; 

(15)  the volatility of our stock price; 

(16)  future sales of our common stock; 

(17)  the willingness of our stockholders and directors to approve mergers, acquisitions, and other business transactions; 

(18)  currency transaction (foreign exchange) risks and the risk related to forward currency contracts; 

(19)  compliance with changing laws and regulations 

(20)  certain provisions of the Michigan Business Corporation Act and the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, Amended 
and Restated Bylaws, and the Company’s Preferred Stock Purchase Rights may discourage or prevent a change in control of the 
Company; 

(21)  a substantial portion of our revenues are attributed to limited number of customers which may decrease or cease purchasing any 

time;  

1 

(22)  a disruption or breach in our information technology systems; 

(23)  our reliance on the management and leadership skills of our senior executives; 

(24)  the cost of compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;  

(25)  impairment in the carrying value of goodwill could negatively affect our operating results;  

(26)  potential negative effects related to the SEC investigation into our Company; and 

(27)  other factors. 

The risks described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K are not the only risks facing our Company. Additional risks and uncertainties 
not  currently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  deem  to  be  immaterial  also  may  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition or operating results. All forward-looking statements are made only as of the date hereof. We do not undertake, and expressly 
disclaim, any obligation to update this forward-looking information, except as required under applicable law. 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 

Our Business  

The Company is a leading provider of engineered lifting solutions. The Company  reports in a single business segment and has five 
operating segments.  The Company designs, manufactures and distributes a diverse group of products that serve different functions and 
are used in a variety of industries.  

Manitex, Inc. (“Manitex”) markets a comprehensive line of boom trucks, truck cranes and sign cranes. Manitex’s boom trucks and crane 
products are primarily used  for industrial projects, energy  exploration and infrastructure development, including  roads, bridges and 
commercial construction.  

Badger Equipment Company (“Badger”) is a manufacturer of specialized rough terrain cranes and material handling products. Badger 
primarily serves the needs of the construction, municipality and railroad industries. 

PM Oil and Steel S.p.A.  (“PM” or “PM Group”),  formerly known as  PM Group S.p.A.,  is a leading Italian manufacturer  of truck- 
mounted hydraulic knuckle boom cranes with a 50-year history of technology and innovation, and a product range spanning more than 
50 models. PM is also a manufacturer of truck-mounted aerial platforms with a diverse product line and an international client base.  

Manitex Valla S.r.L. (“Valla”) produces a full range of precision pick and carry industrial cranes using electric, diesel, and hybrid power 
options. Its cranes offer wheeled or tracked, and fixed or swing boom configurations, with special applications designed specifically to 
meet the needs of its customers. These products are sold internationally through dealers and into the rental distribution channel.  

Manitex Sabre, Inc. (“Sabre”), which is located in Knox, Indiana, manufactures a comprehensive line of specialized mobile tanks for 
liquid and solid storage and containment solutions with capacities from 8,000 to 21,000 gallons. Its mobile tanks are sold to specialized 
independent tank rental companies and through the Company’s existing dealer network. The tanks are used in a variety of end markets 
such as petrochemical, waste management and oil and gas drilling.   

Crane and Machinery, Inc. (“C&M”) is a distributor of the Company’s products as well as Terex Corporation’s (“Terex”) rough terrain 
and truck cranes.  Crane and Machinery Leasing, Inc. (“C&M Leasing”) rents equipment manufactured by the Company as well as a 
limited amount of equipment manufactured by third parties.  Although C&M is a distributor of Terex rough terrain and truck cranes, 
C&M’s primary business is the distribution of products manufactured by the Company.   

Consolidated Variable Interest Entity 

Even though it had no ownership interest in SVW Crane & Equipment Company (together with its wholly owned subsidiary, Rental 
Consulting Service Company, “SVW”), the Company previously had the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact 
SVW’s economic performance. Additionally, the Company was the primary beneficiary of the SVW relationship. SVW obtained third 
party financing, which was effectively guaranteed by the Company, on specific cranes the Company manufactured and remitted the loan 
proceeds to the Company. Other than its business transactions described herein, SVW had no other substantial business operations. The 
Company determined that SVW was a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) that under current accounting guidance needed to be consolidated 
in the Company’s financial results. SVW was consolidated into the Company’s financial results beginning in the first quarter of 2016 
through the fourth quarter of 2017. By December 31, 2017, SVW had ceased operations and is therefore not a consolidated VIE after 
December 31, 2017.  

2 

 
 
Recent Acquisitions  

On March 12, 2015, the Company entered into inventory and equipment purchase agreements with Columbia Tanks, LLC. Financial 
results are included in the consolidated results beginning on March 12, 2015. 

On January 15, 2015, the Company acquired PM which is based in San Cesario sul Panaro, Modena, Italy. PM’s financial results are 
included in the consolidated results beginning on January 15, 2015. 

On December 19, 2014, the Company completed an agreement with Terex and became the majority owner of ASV (as defined below), 
which is located in Grand Rapids, Minnesota. As a result of the transaction, the Company owned 51% of ASV and Terex owned 49% 
of ASV. ASV’s financial results were included in the consolidated results beginning on December 20, 2014. ASV was classified as a 
discontinued operation.  See “Discontinued Operations” section below for additional information.  

On December 16, 2014, the Company, BGI USA Inc. (“BGI”), Movedesign SRL and R&S Advisory S.r.l., entered into an operating 
agreement for Lift Ventures LLC (“Lift Ventures”), a joint venture entity. Lift Ventures manufactures and sells certain products and 
components, including the Schaeff line of electric forklifts and certain Liftking products. The Company owned 25% of the equity of Lift 
Ventures and licenses certain intellectual property related to the Company’s products to Lift Ventures. In 2016, the Company determined 
its investment in Lift Ventures was impaired and has recognized an impairment charge to write off its entire investment in Lift Ventures 
LLC (See Note 27). 

Discontinued Operations 

ASV is located in Grand Rapids, Minnesota and manufactures a line of high-quality compact track and skid steer loaders. The products 
are used in site clearing, general construction, forestry, golf course maintenance and landscaping industries, with general construction 
being the largest.   

Prior to the quarter ended June 30, 2017, the Company owned a 51% interest in ASV Holdings, Inc., which was formerly known as 
A.S.V., LLC (“ASV” or “ASV Holdings”).  On May 11, 2017, in anticipation of an initial public offering, ASV Holdings converted 
from an LLC to a C-Corporation and the Company’s 51% interest was converted to 4,080,000 common shares of ASV.  On May 17, 
2017, in connection within its initial public offering, ASV Holdings sold 1,800,000 of its own shares and the Company sold 2,000,000 
shares of ASV Holdings common stock and reduced its investment in ASV to a 21.2% interest.  ASV was deconsolidated and was 
recorded as an equity investment starting with the quarter ended June 30, 2017. Periods ending before June 30, 2017 reflect ASV as a 
discontinued  operation. In February 2018, the Company sold  an additional 1,000,000 shares of ASV that it held which reduced the 
Company’s stake in ASV to approximately 11%.  The Company ceased accounting for its investment in ASV under the equity method 
and  now  accounts  for  its  investment  as  a  marketable  equity  security.  See  Notes  11  and  26  for  additional  discussion  related  to  the 
accounting treatment of the investment in ASV after the sale of the additional shares. 

CVS Ferrari S.r.L (“CVS”) designed and manufactured a range of reach stackers and associated lifting equipment for the global container 
handling market.  CVS was sold on December 22, 2016 and is presented as a discontinued operation. 

Manitex  Liftking ULC (“Manitex  Liftking”  or “Liftking”) sold a complete line of rough terrain  forklifts, a line  of stand-up electric 
forklifts, cushioned tiered forklifts with lifting capacities from 18 thousand to 40 thousand pounds and special mission-oriented vehicles, 
as well as other specialized carriers, heavy material handling transporters and steel mill equipment. Liftking was sold on September 30, 
2016 and is presented as a discontinued operation.      

Manitex Load King, LLC (“Load King”) manufactured specialized custom trailers and hauling systems typically used for transporting 
heavy  equipment.  Load  King  trailers  served  niche  markets  in  the  commercial  construction,  railroad,  military  and  equipment  rental 
industries through a dealer network.  Load King was sold on December 28, 2015 and is presented as a discontinued operation. 

General Corporate Information  

Our predecessor company was formed in 1993 and was purchased in 2003 by Veri-Tek International, Corp., which changed its name to 
Manitex International, Inc. in 2008. Our principal executive offices are located at 9725 Industrial Drive, Bridgeview, Illinois 60455 and 
our telephone number is (708) 430-7500. Our website address is www.manitexinternational.com. Information contained on our website 
is not incorporated by reference into this report and such information should not be considered to be part of this report.  

3 

INFORMATION ABOUT OUR BUSINESS  

Boom Trucks 

A boom truck is a straight telescopic boom crane outfitted with a hook and winch which is mounted on a standard flatbed commercial 
(Class 7 or 8) truck chassis. Relative to other lifting equipment, boom trucks provide increased versatility and are capable of transporting 
relatively  large  payloads  from  site  to  site  at  highway  speeds.  A  boom  truck  is  usually  sold  with  outriggers,  pads  and  devices  for 
reinforcing the chassis in order to improve safety and stability. Although produced in a wide range of models and sizes, boom trucks 
can be broadly distinguished by their normal lifting capability as light, medium, and heavy-cranes. Various models of medium or heavy-
lift boom trucks can safely lift loads from 15 to 80 tons and operating radii can exceed 200 feet. Another advantage of the boom truck 
is the ability to provide occasional man lift capabilities at a very low cost to height ratio. While it is not uncommon to see a very old 
boom truck, most replacement cycles seem to trend to seven years. The market for boom trucks has historically been cyclical.  

Although the Company offers a complete line of boom trucks from light to heavy capacity cranes much of our efforts have been devoted 
to the development of higher capacity boom trucks specifically designed to meet the particular needs of customers including those in 
energy production and electrical power distribution. We believe it is an advantage to be skewed towards the heavier lifting capacity, 
since the heavier capacity cranes have somewhat higher margins.  

Markets that drive demand for boom trucks include power distribution, oil and gas recovery, infrastructure and new home, commercial 
and industrial construction.  Historically, the new home construction market, which uses lower capacity cranes, has probably been the 
most cyclical. Over the past few years, demand from the energy sector has become more cyclical in part due to changes in oil prices.  

The Company sells its boom trucks through a network of over forty full service dealers in the United States, Canada, Mexico, South 
America, and the Middle East. A number of our dealers maintain a rental fleet of their own. Boom trucks can be rented for either short 
or long-term periods.  

In 2016, we noted that this selloff of excess equipment continued through much of the year. This selloff dampened demand for new 
equipment in both the energy market and the other markets we serve with our boom trucks.  We did note that oil prices did begin to 
increase and by the beginning of June 2016 were approaching $50 per barrel.  Additionally, the oil rig count began to increase again and 
by year end totaled 525 oil rigs. Late in the year, orders received began to increase and included orders for a number of cranes in a 
multitude of markets that the Company serves.    

In 2017, Oil prices remained relatively stable through the first nine months of the year, before the prices began to strengthen considerably 
during the fourth quarter of the year.  Oil prices at the end of 2017 topped $61 per barrel.  The oil rig count declined during the first half 
of the year to 431 before rebounding to 658 by the end of 2017.  In early 2018, the oil rig count continued to increase and at the end of 
March 2018 was over 800.  The sell-off of used equipment continued through most of the year but the effects diminished throughout 
the year.  The market for boom trucks continued to improve throughout the year but remained below normal levels.  Orders, however, 
increased significantly in the fourth quarter of 2017 and going into 2018 demand for boom trucks continued to increase. 

Entering 2018, the demand for boom trucks continued to be significantly above 2017 levels with industry shipments increasing 19% 
versus  2017.  The  general  economic  environment  in  the  United  States  during  2018  was  favorable.  During  2018,  the  United  States 
economy was strong, oil prices strengthened, and U.S. oil rig count has increased to 1,083 at December 28, 2018 from 929 at December 
29, 2017. The Company currently expects the favorable environment that it is currently operating in to continue through 2019.   

Knuckle Boom Cranes 

PM  is  a  leading  Italian  manufacturer  of  truck  mounted  hydraulic  knuckle  boom  cranes  with  a  50-year  history  of  technology  and 
innovation, and a product range spanning more than 50 models.  Through its consolidated subsidiaries, PM has locations in Modena, 
Italy; Arad, Romania; Chassieu, France; Buenos Aires, Argentina; Santiago, Chile; London, UK and Mexico City, Mexico. 

PM knuckle boom cranes are hydraulic folding and articulating cranes, mounted on a commercial chassis, with lifting capacities that 
range from small (lifting capacity up to three-ton meter) to super heavy (lifting capacity two-hundred-and-ten-ton meter), often supplied 
with a jib for additional reach. With a compact design and footprint, the crane can be mounted to maximize the load carrying capability 
of the chassis onto which it is mounted. Combined with the crane’s ability to operate in a compact footprint the ability to carry a payload 
provides a competitive advantage over other truck mounted cranes and makes the knuckle boom crane particularly attractive for a variety 
of end uses in the construction and product delivery sectors. 

4 

The knuckle boom crane market is a global market with a wide variety of end sector applications, but focused particularly on residential 
and non-residential  construction,  road and bridge and infrastructure development.  Historically  the knuckle boom  crane has not had 
significant application in the energy sector. PM knuckle boom cranes are sold into a variety of geographies including West and East 
Europe,  Central  Asia,  Africa,  North  and  Central  America,  South  America,  the  Middle  East  and  the  Far  East  and  Pacific  region. 
Historically, PM focused on its domestic and local Western European markets, but in recent years has expanded its sales and distribution 
efforts internationally. PM has twelve international sales and distribution offices located in several European countries as well as the 
Far East and Latin America.  After acquisition by Manitex, the Company expanded its distribution capability with the existing Manitex 
dealer network in North America as well as expanding the number of independent service centers in the US. 

The market for knuckle boom cranes has been growing in recent years as the acceptability of the product has grown and its advantages 
have been accepted. Growth in North America where the straight mast boom truck crane has been the more dominant product has been 
more rapid in recent years in combination with the overall improvement in the North American construction sector. PM’s share  of the 
North  American  market  has  been  historically  low;  however,  this  is  an  area  of  growth  opportunity  for  the  Company  following  its 
acquisition by Manitex. 

PM aerial platforms are self-propelled or truck mounted and places an operator in a basket in the air in order to perform maintenance, 
repairs or similar activities. The equipment is used in a variety of applications including utilities, sign work and industrial maintenance 
and is often sold to rental operations. 

PM group product serves in a number of geographies in West and East Europe but also the near and Far East and sells through dealers 
as well as its own sales and distribution offices. The market generally follows the domestic economic cycle for any particular country. 
Consequently, the market has shown a positive trend in the recent past as European economies recover from the 2009 / 2010 economic 
crisis.    

As PM serves a global market, its revenues are affected by changes in economic conditions in markets it serves. In 2016, the  middle-
east market was soft and had an impact on PM 2016 revenues.   

In 2017, the demand for knuckle boom cranes was up modestly in all the markets that PM sells into except for the Middle East.  The 
demand from the Middle East market was consistent with the prior year but remains significantly depressed.  During 2017, Western and 
North Europe were PM’s largest markets.  Although there was growth in the other PM markets, the demand from such other markets 
had not returned to earlier levels.   

During 2018, the demand for knuckle boom cranes was steady in all the markets that PM sells into except for some markets in Latin 
America where local currency turbulence with strong devaluations towards the Euro and US dollar affected the local demand.   The 
demand from the Middle East market was consistent with 2017 but remained significantly slow.  In 2018, demand from Western and 
Northern Europe, PM’s largest markets, remained at a solid level. Although there was light growth in the other PM markets, the demand 
from such other markets was still lower than the levels achieved in the past. PM’s markets appear to be stable or growing moving into 
2019. 

Industrial Cranes 

Badger sells specialized industrial cranes through a network of dealers. The Badger product line includes specialized  15- and 30-ton 
industrial cranes (which can be used by the railroads) as well as a 10 ton carry deck crane which are all sold under both the Badger and 
Manitex names.  Additionally, Badger sells lattice cranes with 20 to 30 ton lifting capacity marketed under the Little Giant trade name.  
The Little Giant line has five lattice boom models, three of which are dedicated rail cranes. In addition, Badger also sells a 30-ton truck 
crane and a 25-ton crawler crane under the Little Giant name.  Badger also has the capability to manufacture certain of our lower capacity 
boom trucks and provides expanded boom truck manufacturing capacity when needed. 

The products are used by  railroads, refineries, states, municipalities, and for general construction.   The Company believes it has an 
advantage over its competitors in selling to railroads as it is the only crane manufacturer that has integrated the installation of rail gear 
into its production process. Competitors send their cranes to a third party to have rail gear added which both increases cost and delays 
deliveries.  

Valla product line of industrial cranes is a full range of precision pick and carry cranes from 2 to 90 tons, using electric, diesel, and 
hybrid power options. Its cranes offer wheeled or tracked, and fixed or swing boom configurations, with special applications designed 
specifically to meet the needs of its customers. The product is sold internationally through dealers and into the rental distribution channel.  

5 

Mobile Tanks 

Sabre  manufactures  a  comprehensive  line  of  specialized  mobile  tanks  for  liquid  and  solid  storage  and  containment  solutions  with 
capacities from 8,000 to 21,000 gallons. Its mobile tanks are sold to specialized independent tank rental companies and throu gh other 
direct customers. 

The tanks have historically been used in a variety of end markets such as petrochemical, waste management and oil and gas drilling. 
However, when we purchased Sabre in 2013, its business heavily skewed towards the energy sector.  Since early 2014, we have been 
working to diversify the products, customers, and applications.  This includes expanding environmental applications and using our tanks 
to store deicer fluid at airports.  

Equipment Distribution  

C&M is a distributor of the Company’s products as well as Terex’s rough terrain and truck cranes. 

C&M Leasing rents equipment manufactured by the Company as well as a limited amount of equipment manufactured by third parties.  
Although  C&M  is  a  distributor  of  Terex  rough  terrain  and  truck  cranes;  C&M’s  primary  business  is  the  distribution  of  products 
manufactured by the Company.   

Part Sales 

As part of  our  operations, we supply repair and replacement parts for  our products.  The parts business margins are higher  than our 
overall  margins.  Part  sales  as  a  percentage  of  revenues  tend  to  increase  when  there  is  a  down-turn  in  the  industry.  Part  sales  as  a 
percentage of revenues are approximately 12%, 11% and 13% for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  

Total Company Revenues by Sources 

The sources of the Company’s revenues are summarized below: 

Boom trucks, knuckle boom & truck cranes 
Rough terrain cranes 
Mobile tanks 
Installation services 
Other equipment 
Part sales 

Total Revenue 

2018 

2017 

2016 

73 %      
3 %      
5 %      
2 %      
5 %      
12 %      
100 %      

76 %      
3 %      
2 %      
2 %      
5 %      
12 %      
100 %      

72 % 
3 % 
4 % 
3 % 
5 % 
13 % 
100 % 

In 2018 and 2016, no customer accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s revenue.  In 2017, one customer, Rush Truck Center, 
accounted for approximately 12.0% of the Company’s revenue.  

Raw Materials 

The Company purchases a variety of components used in the production of its products.  The Company purchases steel and a variety of 
machined parts, components and subassemblies including weldments, winches, cylinders, frames, rims, axles, wheels, tires, suspensions, 
cables, booms and cabs, as well as engines, transmissions and cabs.  Additionally, Manitex and PM mount their cranes on commercial 
truck chassis, which are either purchased by the Company or supplied by the customer. Lead times for these materials (including chassis) 
vary from several weeks to many months. The Company is vulnerable to a supply interruption in instances when only one supplier has 
been qualified and identifying and qualifying alternative suppliers can be very time consuming, and in some cases, could take longer 
than a year.  The Company has been working on qualifying secondary sources of some products to assure supply consistency and  to 
reduce costs. The degree to which our supply base can respond to changes in market demand directly affects our ability to increase 
production and the Company attempts to maintain some additional inventory in order to react to unexpected increases in demand. During 
2018, 2017 and 2016, raw materials and components were generally available to meet our production schedules and had no significant 
impact on full year revenues. During the first part of 2018 delivery of chassis for our larger cranes had a modest impact on production, 
however this was alleviated during the year as manufacturers increased their production and demand also slowed compared to the first 
half of the year. 

6 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
Any future supply chain issues that might impact the Company will in part depend on how fast the rate of growth is for a product as 
well as the rate of growth in the general economy. Strong general economic growth could put us in competition for parts with other 
industries. Additionally, events or circumstance at a particular supplier could impact the availability of a necessary component. 

Patents and Trademarks 

The Company protects its trade names and trademarks through registration. Its technology consists of bill of materials, drawings, plans, 
vendor sources and specifications and although the Company’s technology has considerable value, it does not generally have patent 
protection.  The  Company  has  (on  rare  occasions)  filed  for  patent  protection  on  a  specific  feature.  In  the  future,  the  Company  will 
consider seeking patent protection on any new design features believed to present a significant future benefit. 

The Company owns and uses several trademarks relating to its brands that have significant value and are instrumental to the Company’s 
ability to market its products.  The Company’s most significant trademark  is “Manitex” (presently  registered with the United States 
Patent and Trademark Office until 2027).  Badger Equipment Company markets its products under the “Little Giant” and Badger trade 
names. Sabre markets its products under the “Sabre” tradename. Valla markets its products under the “Valla” tradename.  PM sells its 
products using the trademark “PM” and PM subsidiary, Oil & Steel S.p.A.; sells its products using the “OIL & STEEL” trademark.  The 
Manitex, Badger, Little Giant, PM and OIL & STEEL trademarks and trade names are important to the marketing and operation of the 
Company’s business as a significant number of our products are sold under those names.  PM has three patents. One is registered with 
the Italian Patents and Trademarks Office until 2028.  PM has two additional patents registered with OHIM that are in force until 2031 
and 2034, respectively. 

Seasonality 

Traditionally, the Company’s peak selling periods for cranes are the second and third quarters of a calendar year as a result of the need 
for equipment in the spring, summer and fall construction seasons.  A significant portion of cranes sold over the last several years have 
been deployed in specialized industries or applications, such as oil and gas production, power distribution and in the railroad industry. 
Sales in these markets are subject to significant fluctuations which correlate more with general economic conditions and the prices of 
commodities, including oil, and generally are not of a seasonal nature.  

Sales of cranes from the Equipment Distribution division mirror the seasonality of the overall Company. However, the sale of  parts is 
much less seasonal given  the geographic breadth  of  the  customer base. Crane repairs are performed by the  Equipment Distribution 
division throughout the year but are somewhat affected by the slowdown in construction activity during the typically harsh  winters in 
the Midwestern United States. 

Competition 

Lifting Equipment 

The market for the Company’s boom trucks and knuckle boom cranes, industrial cranes and trailers is highly competitive. The Company 
competes  based  on  product  design,  quality  of  products  and  services,  product  performance,  maintenance  costs  and  price.  Several 
competitors  have  greater  financial,  marketing,  manufacturing  and  distribution  resources  than  we  do.  The  Company  believes  that  it 
effectively competes with its competitors. 

The  Company’s  boom  cranes  compete  with  cranes  manufactured  by  National  Crane,  Terex,  Weldco  Beales,  Elliott  and  Altec.  The 
Company’s knuckle boom cranes compete with Palfinger, Fassi, Effer and HIAB. The Company competes primarily with Terex and 
Broderson in selling rough terrain and industrial cranes.  The Company’s mobile tanks compete with tanks sold by Dragon Tank and 
Pinnacle Mfg., LLC. 

Equipment Distribution 

The Equipment Distribution division’s primary business is facilitation of sale of products manufactured by the Company. As such, it 
faces the same competition described above  for products manufactured by the Company.  Additionally, the Equipment Distribution 
division  has  a  dealership  arrangement  with  Terex  and  must  compete  against  dealers  of  other  rough  terrain  and  truck  crane 
manufacturers.  Locally, the Equipment Distribution division competes against Runnion Equipment (dealer for National Crane), Power 
Equipment Leasing (dealer for Elliott) and Guiffre Cranes (dealer for Manitex and Terex boom trucks). Runnion is also authorized to 
sell Manitex boom trucks.  

7 

While no geographic limitations exist regarding the Equipment Distribution business’s ability to sell cranes internationally, the lack of 
any barriers to entry and the heavy use of the Internet make this a highly active and competitive market in which to distribute cranes. 

Competition for our Equipment Distribution repair business is even more intense since it is limited geographically due to the necessity 
of having physical access to the cranes. Most of the above referenced companies also compete in this aspect of the business, as do other 
types of crane and equipment dealers from nearby areas such as Indiana or Wisconsin. 

Equipment  Distribution  parts  sales  are  global  in  scope  and  benefit  greatly  from  the  Internet  and  the  tenure  and  expertise  of  our 
employees. While competition in this area is extensive, we believe that the breadth of the products offered and our long history in this 
part of the business is a competitive advantage. 

Our Equipment Distribution business competes based on the design, quality and performance of the products it distributes, price and the 
supporting repair and part services that it provides. Several competitors have greater financial, marketing and distribution resources than 
we do. The Company, however, believes that it effectively competes with its competitors. 

Backlog 

The  backlog  at  December 31,  2018  was  approximately  $66.7  million,  compared  to  a  backlog  of  approximately  $61.5  million  at 
December 31, 2017.  The December 31, 2018 backlog has increased by $5.2 million since September 30, 2018 when it was at $60.5 
million.  The backlog has continued to grow during the early part of 2019 and was $80.2 million at February 28, 2019.   The Company 
expects to ship product to fulfill its existing backlog within the next twelve months. 

Revenue Recognition and Long-Lived Assets 

The information regarding revenue, the basis for attributing revenue from external customers to individual countries, and long-lived 
assets is found in Note 4 “Revenue Recognition” and Note 20 “Long-Lived Assets” to our consolidated financial statements, is hereby 
incorporated by reference into this Part I, Item 1. 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had  619  full  time employees.  The Company has not  experienced any work stoppages and 
anticipates continued good employee relations. Nineteen (19) of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Fifteen 
(15) of our employees at our Badger subsidiary are represented by International Union, UAW and its local No. 316. The current union 
contract  expires  on  January 21,  2020.  Four  employees  are  currently  represented  by  Automobile  Mechanics’  Local  701.  The  union 
contract expires on September 30, 2020. The employees represented by the Automobile Mechanics’ Local 701 are mechanics that work 
in our Equipment Distribution business. A number of our Equipment Distribution customers in the Chicago metropolitan area mandate 
union mechanics usage for any service / repair jobs.  

Governmental Regulation 

The Company is subject to various governmental regulations, such as environmental regulations, employment and health regulations, 
and safety regulations. We have various internal controls and procedures designed to maintain compliance with these regulations. The 
cost of compliance programs is not material but is subject to additions to or changes in federal, state or local legislation  or changes in 
regulatory implementation or interpretation of government regulations. 

Available Information 

The Company makes available free of charge our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 
8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished as required by Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended (the “Exchange Act”), through our Internet Website (www.manitexinternational.com) as soon as is reasonably practicable 
after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The SEC also 
maintains a website (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that 
file  electronically  with  the  SEC.  Information  contained  in  or  incorporated  into  our  Internet  Website  or  the  SEC’s  website  is  not 
incorporated by reference herein. 

8 

 
 
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

You  should  carefully  consider  the  following  risks,  together  with  the  cautionary  statement  under  the  caption  “Forward-Looking 
Statements” and the  other information included in this report.  The risks described below are not the  only  ones the Company  faces. 
Additional risks that are currently unknown to the Company or that the Company currently considers to be immaterial may also impair 
its business or adversely affect the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, 
the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operation could be adversely affected. 

Significant deterioration in economic conditions, especially in the United States and Europe, has had and may again have negative 
effects on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows  

Significant deterioration in  economic  conditions, especially in the United States and Europe, has had and may again have  negative 
effects on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows. Economic conditions affect the Company’s sales volumes, pricing levels 
and overall profitability. Demand for many of the Company’s products depends on end-use markets. Challenging economic conditions 
may reduce demand for our products and may also impair the ability of customers to pay for products they have purchased. As a result, 
the Company’s reserves for doubtful accounts and write-offs for accounts receivable may increase.  

A significant deterioration in economic conditions has caused and may again cause deterioration in the credit quality of our customers 
and  the  estimated  residual  value  of  our  equipment.  This  could  further  negatively  impact  the  ability  of  our  customers  to  obtain  the 
resources they need to make purchases of our equipment. Reduced credit availability will diminish our customers’ ability to invest in 
their businesses, refinance maturing debt obligations, and meet ongoing working capital needs. If customers do not have sufficient access 
to credit, demand for the Company’s products will likely decline. Reduced access to credit and the capital markets will also negatively 
affect the Company’s ability to invest in strategic growth initiatives such as acquisitions.  

Certain of the Company’s products are significantly affected by the level of capital expenditures in the oil and gas industry and lower 
capital expenditures have affected and may continue to affect the results of the Company’s operations.  

The  demand  for  our  product  in  part  depends  on  the  condition  of  the  oil  and  gas  industry  and,  in  particular,  on  the  level  of  capital 
expenditures of companies engaged in the exploration, development, and production of oil and natural gas. Capital expenditures by these 
companies are influenced by the following factors:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the oil and gas industry’s ability to economically justify placing discoveries of oil and gas reserves in production;  

current and projected oil and gas prices;  

the oil and gas industry’s need to clear all structures from the lease once the oil and gas reserves have been depleted;  

weather events, such as major tropical storms;  

the abilities of oil and gas companies to generate, access and deploy capital;  

exploration, production and transportation costs;  

the discovery rate of new oil and gas reserves;  

the sale and expiration dates of oil and gas leases and concessions;  

local and international political and economic conditions;  

the ability or willingness of host country government entities to fund their budgetary commitments; and  

technological advances.  

Historically, prices of oil and natural gas and exploration, development and production have fluctuated substantially. A sustained period 
of substantially reduced capital expenditures by oil and gas companies will result in decreased demand for certain equipment produced 
by the Company, lower margins, and possibly net losses.  Additionally, oil and gas companies may sell excess equipment into the general 
construction market which could further depress demand for certain of products. 

The Company’s level of indebtedness reduces financial flexibility and could impede our ability to operate.  

As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s total debt was $73 million, which includes: notes payable, convertible debt and capital lease 
obligations.  

9 

Our level of debt affects our operations in several important ways, including the following:  

 

 

 

 

 

a significant portion of our cash flow from operations is likely to be dedicated to the payment of the principal and interest 
on our indebtedness;  

our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  in  the  future  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures  or  acquisitions  may  be 
limited;  

we may be unable to refinance our indebtedness on terms acceptable to us or at all;  

our cash flow may be insufficient to meet our required principal and interest payments; and  

we may be unable to obtain additional loans as a result of covenants and agreements with existing debt holders.  

The Company must comply with restrictive covenants in its outstanding debt agreements.  

The Company’s existing debt agreements contain a number of significant covenants which may limit its ability to, among other things, 
borrow additional money, make capital expenditures, pay dividends, dispose of assets and acquire new businesses. These covenants also 
require the Company to meet certain financial and non-financial tests. In 2018 and 2017, the Company received waivers related to non-
compliance with certain covenants and defaults under its U.S. credit facilities and its convertible notes.  The Company also restructured 
certain debt arrangements which restructuring cured the defaults caused by the failed covenant.  An additional default or other event of 
non-compliance, if not waived or otherwise permitted by the Company’s lenders, could result in acceleration of the Company’s debt  
and possibly bankruptcy.  

The Company may require additional funding, which may not be available on favorable terms or at all.  

Our future capital requirements will depend on the amount of cash generated or required by our current operations, as well as additional 
funds which may be needed to finance future acquisitions. Future cash needs are subject to substantial uncertainty.  

We cannot guarantee that adequate funds will be available when needed, and if we do not receive sufficient capital, we may be required 
to alter or reduce the scope of our operations or to forego making future acquisitions. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity 
securities, existing stockholders may be diluted.  

The Company’s business is affected by the cyclical nature of its markets.  

A substantial portion of our revenues are attributed to limited number of customers which may decrease or cease purchasing any time, 
since the Company’s products depends upon the general economic conditions of the markets in which the Company competes. The 
Company’s sales depend in part upon its customers’ replacement or repair cycles. Adverse economic conditions, including a decrease 
in commodity prices, may cause customers to forego or postpone new purchases in favor of repairing existing machinery. Downward 
economic cycles may result in reductions in sales of the Company’s products, which may reduce the Company’s profits. The Company 
has taken a number of steps to reduce its fixed costs and diversify its operations to decrease the negative impact of these cycles. There 
can be no assurance, however, that these steps will prevent the negative impact of poor economic conditions. 

The Company’s business is sensitive to increases in interest rates.  

The Company is exposed to interest rate volatility with regard to future issuances of fixed rate debt and existing issuances of variable 
rate debt. Primary exposure includes movements in the U.S. prime rate, LIBOR and Italian short-term borrowing rates.  

If interest rates rise, it becomes  costlier for the Company’s customers to borrow money to pay for the equipment they  buy from the 
Company. Should the U.S. Federal Reserve Board decide to increase rates, prospects for business investment and manufacturing could 
deteriorate sufficiently and impact sales opportunities.  

The Company’s business is sensitive to government spending.  

Many of the Company’s customers depend substantially on government spending, including highway construction and maintenance and 
other  infrastructure  projects  by  U.S.  federal  and  state  governments  and  governments  in  other  nations.  Any  decrease  or  delay  in 
government funding of highway construction and maintenance and other infrastructure projects could cause the Company’s revenues 
and profits to decrease.  

10 

The Company’s revenues are attributed to limited number of customers which may decrease or cease purchasing any time.  

The Company’s revenues are attributed to a limited number of customers. We generally do not have long-term supply agreements with 
our  customers.  Even  if  a  multi-year  contract  exists,  the  customer  is  not  required  to  commit  to  minimum  purchases  and  can  cease 
purchasing at any time. If we were to lose either a significant customer or several smaller customers our operating results and cash flows 
would be adversely impacted.  

The Company is dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages.  

The Company obtains materials and manufactured components from third-party suppliers. Any delay in the ability of the Company’s 
suppliers to provide the Company with necessary materials and components may affect the Company’s capabilities at a number of our 
manufacturing locations, or may require the Company to seek alternative supply sources. Delays in obtaining supplies may result from 
a number of factors affecting the Company’s suppliers including capacity constraints, labor disputes, the impaired financial condition 
of a particular supplier, suppliers’ allocations to other purchasers, weather emergencies or acts of war or terrorism. Any delay in receiving 
supplies could impair the Company’s ability to deliver products to customers and, accordingly, could have a material adverse effect on 
business, results of operations and financial condition.  

In addition, the Company purchases material and services  from suppliers on extended terms based on the Company’s overall credit 
rating.  Negative  changes  in  the  Company’s  credit  rating  may  impact  suppliers’  willingness  to  extend  terms  and  increase  the  cash 
requirements of the business.  

Price increases in materials could affect our profitability.  

We use large amounts of steel and other items in the manufacture of our products. In the past, market prices of some of our key raw 
materials increased significantly. If we experience future significant increases in material costs, including steel, we may not be able to 
reduce product cost in other areas or pass future raw material price increases on to our customers and our margins could be adversely 
affected.  

We provide credit guarantees or residual value guarantees for some of our customers. 

The Company’s customers, from time to time, may fund acquisitions of our products through third-party finance companies. In certain 
instances, the Company has in the past provided credit guarantees or residual value guarantees. With these guarantees, we must assess 
the probability of losses or non-performance in ways similar to the evaluation of accounts receivable. We establish reserves based upon 
our  analysis  of  the  current  quality  and  financial  position  of  our  customers,  past  payment  experience  and  collateral  values.  In 
circumstances where we believe it is probable that a specific customer will have difficulty meeting its financial obligations, a specific 
reserve is recorded to recognize a liability for a guarantee we expect to pay, taking into account any amounts that we would  anticipate 
realizing if we are forced to repossess the equipment that supports the customer’s financial obligations to us. During periods of economic 
weakness, collateral underlying our guarantees of indebtedness of customers or receivables can decline sharply, thereby increasing our 
exposure to losses. In the future, we may incur losses in excess of our recorded reserves if the financial condition of our customers were 
to deteriorate further or the full amount of any anticipated proceeds from the sale of the collateral supporting our customers’ financial 
obligations is not realized. Historically, no losses related to guarantees have been realized; however, there can be no assurance that our 
historical experience with respect to guarantees will be indicative of future results. 

The Company depends on its information technology systems. If its information technology systems do not perform in a satisfactory 
manner or if the security of them is breached, it could be disruptive and or adversely affect the operations and results of operations 
of the Company. 

The Company depends on its information technology systems, some of which are managed by third parties, to process, transmit and 
store electronic information (including sensitive data such as confidential business information and personally identifiable data relating 
to employees, customers and other business partners), and to manage or support a variety of critical business processes and activities. If 
our information technology systems do not perform in a satisfactory manner, it could be disruptive and or adversely affect the operations 
and results of operations of the Company, including the ability of the Company to report accurate and timely financial results.   

11 

Furthermore,  our  information  technology  systems  may  be  damaged,  disrupted  or  shut  down  due  to  attacks  by  computer  hackers, 
computer viruses, employee error or malfeasance, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication or utility failures, catastrophes 
or  other  unforeseen  events,  and  in  any  such  circumstances  our  system  redundancy  and  other  disaster  recovery  planning  may  be 
ineffective or inadequate. A failure of or breach in information technology security could expose us and our customers, distributors and 
suppliers to risks of misuse of information or systems, the compromise of confidential information, manipulation and destruction of 
data,  defective  products,  production  downtimes  and  operations  disruptions.  In  addition,  such  breaches  in  security  could  result  in 
litigation,  regulatory  action  and  potential  liability,  as  well  as  the  costs  and  operational  consequences  of  implementing  further  data 
protection measures, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations. 

The Company may face limitations on its ability to integrate acquired businesses.  

The successful integration of new businesses depends on the Company’s ability to manage these new businesses and cut excess costs. 
While the Company believes it has successfully integrated these acquisitions to date, the Company cannot ensure that these acquired 
companies will operate profitably or that the intended beneficial effect from these acquisitions will be realized.  

If the Company is unable to manage anticipated growth effectively, the business could be harmed.  

If  the  Company  fails  to  manage  growth,  the  Company’s  financial  results  and  business  prospects  may  be  harmed.  To  manage  the 
Company’s growth and to execute its business plan efficiently, the Company will need to institute operational, financial and management 
controls, as well as reporting systems and procedures. The Company also must effectively expand, train and manage its employee base. 
The Company cannot assure you that it will be successful in any of these endeavors.  

The Company relies on key management.  

The Company relies on the management and leadership skills of David Langevin, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. When Mr. 
Langevin joined the Company, he signed a three-year employment agreement with the Company which expired on December 31, 2008. 
Mr. Langevin’s employment agreement has been extended and now expires on December 31, 2019. Under the employment agreement, 
Mr. Langevin’s employment term automatically extends for successive periods of three years unless either the Company or Mr. Langevin 
gives written notice to the other party of non-renewal at least 90 days prior to the end of the then current employment term.  The loss of 
his services could have a significant and negative impact on the Company’s business. In addition, the Company relies on the management 
and leadership skills of other senior executives. The Company could be harmed by the loss of key personnel in the future.  

The Company’s success depends upon the continued protection of its trademarks and the Company may be forced to incur substantial 
costs to maintain, defend, protect and enforce its intellectual property rights.  

The Company’s registered and common law trademarks, as well as certain of the Company’s licensed trademarks, have significant value 
and are instrumental to the Company’s ability to market its products. The Company’s marks “Manitex”, “Badger”, “Sabre”, “Valla”, 
“PM” and “O&S” are important to the Company’s business as the majority of the Company’s products are sold under those names. The 
Company has not registered all of its trademarks in the United States nor in the foreign countries where it does business. Third parties 
could assert claims against such intellectual property that the Company could be unable to successfully resolve. If the Company has to 
change the names of any of its products, it may experience a loss of goodwill associated with its brand names, customer confusion and 
a loss of sales.  

In addition, international protection of the Company’s intellectual property may not be available in some foreign countries to the same 
extent permitted by the laws of the United States. The Company could also incur substantial costs to defend legal actions relating to use 
of its intellectual property, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations or financial 
condition.  

The  Company  may  be  required  to  record  goodwill  impairment  charges  on  all  or  a  significant  amount  of  the  goodwill  on  its 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had approximately $36.3 million of goodwill. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at 
least annually. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the 
excess. An impairment of a significant portion of goodwill could materially negatively affect the Company’s results of operations. 

12 

 
The Company may be unable to effectively respond to technological change, which could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company’s results of operations and business.  

The markets served by the Company are not historically characterized by rapidly changing technology. Nevertheless, the Company’s 
future success will depend in part upon the Company’s ability to enhance its current products and to develop and introduce new products. 
If the Company fails to anticipate or respond adequately to competitors’ product improvements and new production introductions, future 
results of operations and financial condition will be negatively affected.  

The Company operates in a highly competitive industry and the Company is particularly subject to the risks of such competition.  

The Company competes in a highly competitive industry and the competition which the Company encounters has an effect on its product 
prices, market share, revenues and profitability. Because certain competitors have substantially greater financial, production, research 
and development resources and substantially greater name recognition than the Company, the Company is particularly subject to the 
risks inherent in competing with them and may be put at a competitive disadvantage. To compete successfully, the Company’s products 
must excel in terms of quality, price, product line, ease of use, safety and comfort, and the Company must also provide excellent customer 
service. The greater financial resources of the Company’s competitors may put it at a competitive disadvantage. If competition in the 
Company’s industry intensifies  or if the Company’s current competitors enhance their products  or lower their prices  for  competing 
products, the Company may lose sales or be required to lower its prices. This may reduce revenue from the Company’s products and 
services, lower its gross margins or cause the Company to lose market share. The Company may not be able to differentiate our products 
from those of competitors, successfully develop or introduce less costly  products, offer better performance than competitors or offer 
purchasers of our products payment and other commercial terms as favorable as those offered by competitors.  

The Company faces product liability claims and other liabilities due to the nature of its business.  

In the Company’s lines of business numerous suits have been filed alleging damages for accidents that have occurred during the use or 
operation of the Company’s products. The Company is self-insured, up to certain limits, for these product liability exposures, as well as 
for certain exposures related to general, workers’ compensation and automobile liability. Insurance coverage is obtained for catastrophic 
losses as well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract. Any material liabilities not covered by insurance could have an 
adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition.  

Our  increasingly  international  operations  expose  us  to  additional  risks  and  challenges  associated  with  conducting  business 
internationally. 

The international expansion of our business may expose us to risks inherent in conducting foreign operations. These risks include: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

challenges associated with managing geographically diverse operations, which require an effective organizational structure 
and appropriate business processes, procedures and controls; 

the increased  cost of doing business in foreign jurisdictions, including compliance with international and U.S. laws and 
regulations that apply to our international operations; 

currency exchange and interest rate fluctuations and the resulting effect on our revenue and expenses, and the cost and risk 
of entering into hedging transactions, if we continue to do so in the future; 

potentially adverse tax consequences; 

complexities and difficulties in obtaining protection and enforcing our intellectual property; 

compliance with additional regulations and government authorities in a highly regulated business; and 

general economic and political conditions internationally.   

Additionally, changes to the United States’ participation in, withdrawal from, renegotiation of certain international trade agreements or 
other major trade related issues including the non-renewal of expiring favorable tariffs granted to developing countries, tariff quotas, 
and retaliatory tariffs (including, but not limited to, the current United States administration’s tariffs on China and China's retaliatory 
tariffs on certain products from the United States), trade sanctions, new or onerous trade restrictions, embargoes and other  stringent 
government controls could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

The risks that the Company faces in its international operations may continue to intensify if the Company further develops and expands 
its international operations. 

13 

The Company is subject to currency fluctuations.  

Changes in exchange rates between various currencies have had, and will continue to have, an impact on our earnings. We regularly 
evaluate opportunities for, and at times engage in, hedging activities to mitigate the impact that changes in exchange rates for various 
currencies may have on our financial results. Our hedging activities are designed to reduce and delay, but not to eliminate,  the effects 
of  foreign  currency  fluctuations.  Factors  that  could  affect  the  effectiveness  of  our  hedging  activities  include  volatility  of  currency 
markets, and the availability of effective hedging instruments. Since the hedging activities are designed to reduce volatility, they may 
have the effect of reducing both the negative and positive impacts that changes in exchange rates may have.  Our future financial results 
could be significantly affected by the value of the U.S. dollar versus the native currencies of our subsidiaries (primarily  the Euro) as 
well as the native currencies of foreign subsidiaries and other currencies in which they conduct business.   The degree to which our 
financial results are affected for any given time period will depend in part upon our hedging activities. There can be no assurance that 
our hedging activities will have the desired beneficial impact on our financial condition or results of operations. Moreover, no hedging 
activity can completely insulate us from the risks associated with changes in currency exchange rates. We currently have exposure to 
changes in exchange rates for a number of currencies including the Euro, the Chilean peso and the Argentinean peso. 

Risks Relating to our Common Stock  

The Company’s principal shareholders, executive officers and directors hold a significant percentage of the Company’s common 
stock, and these shareholders may take actions that may be adverse to your interests.  

The Company’s principal shareholders, executive officers and directors beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 27% of the 
Company’s common stock as of February 18, 2019. As a result, these shareholders, acting together, will be able to significantly influence 
all  matters  requiring  shareholder  approval,  including  the  election  and  removal  of  directors  and  approval  of  significant  corporate 
transactions such as mergers, consolidations, sales and purchases of assets. They also could dictate the management of the Company’s 
business and affairs. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control or 
impeding a merger or consolidation, takeover or other business combination, which could cause the market price of our common stock 
to fall or prevent you from receiving a premium in such a transaction.  

The cost of compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 may negatively impact the Company’s income.  

The Company is subject to the rules and regulations of the SEC, including those rules and regulations mandated by the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires all reporting companies to include in their annual report a statement of 
management’s  responsibilities  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  together  with  an 
assessment of the effectiveness of those internal controls. Section 404 further requires that the reporting company’s independent auditors 
attest to, and report on, this management assessment. The Company expects its expenses related to its internal and external auditors to 
be significant. If we fail to maintain a system of adequate controls, it could have an adverse effect on our business and stock price.  

The price of our common stock is highly volatile.  

The trading price of the Company’s common stock is highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in price in response to 
various factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control, including:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the degree to which the Company successfully implements its business strategy;  

actual or anticipated variations in quarterly or annual operating results;  

changes in recommendations by the investment community or in their estimates of the Company’s revenues or operating 
results;  

failure to meet expectations of industry analysts;  

speculation in the press or investment community;  

strategic actions by the Company’s competitors;  

announcements of technological innovations or new products by the Company or competitors;  

changes in business conditions affecting the Company and its customers; and 

potential to be delisted. 

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, class action litigation has often been brought 
against companies. If a securities class action suit is filed against us, whether or not meritorious, we would incur substantial legal fees 
and our management’s attention and resources would be diverted from operating our business in order to respond to the litigation.  

14 

Provisions of the Michigan Business Corporation Act and the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws, 
and Rights Agreement may discourage or prevent a takeover of the Company.  

Provisions of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, Michigan law, and the Rights Agreement, 
dated October 17, 2008, between the Company and Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solution, Inc., as rights agent, could make it more 
difficult for a third party to acquire the Company, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to you. These provisions could 
discourage potential takeover attempts and could adversely affect the market price of the Company’s shares. Because of these provisions, 
you might not be able to receive a premium on your investment. These provisions:  

 

 

 

 

authorize the Company’s Board of Directors, with approval by a majority of its independent Directors but without requiring 
shareholder  consent,  to  issue  shares  of  “blank  check”  preferred  stock  that  could  be  issued  by  the  Company’s  Board  of 
Directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and prevent a takeover attempt;  

limit our shareholders’ ability to call a special meeting of the Company’s shareholders;  

limit the Company’s shareholders’ ability to amend, alter or repeal the Company bylaws;  

may result in the issuance of preferred stock, which would significantly dilute the stock ownership percentage of certain 
shareholders and make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of the Company’s outstanding voting stock; 
and  

 

restrict business combinations with certain shareholders.  

The provisions described above could prevent, delay or defer a change in control of the Company or its management. 

The restatement of our previously issued financial statements was time-consuming and expensive and could expose us to additional 
risks that could have a negative effect on our Company. 

We restated our previously issued audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 as well as the unaudited quarterly 
financial  information  included  in  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  the  unaudited  financial 
statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2017 included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017, 
and the unaudited financial statements for the six-month period ended June 30, 2017 included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for 
the quarter ended June 30, 2017.  In addition, our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2017 and our Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 were not filed in a timely manner.  The restatement process was time consuming 
and expensive and, along with the failure to make certain filings with the SEC in a timely manner, could expose us to additional risks that 
could have a negative effect on our Company.  In particular, we had incurred substantial unanticipated expenses and costs, including audit, 
legal  and  other  professional  fees,  in  connection  with  the  restatement  of  our  previously  issued  financial  statements  and  the  ongoing 
remediation of material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Certain remediation actions had been recommended 
and we are in the process of implementing them (see Item 9A "Controls and Procedures" of this Form 10-K for a description of these 
remediation  measures).  To  the  extent  these  steps  are  not  successful,  we  could  be  forced  to  incur  additional  time  and  expense.  Our 
management’s attention had also been diverted from the operation of our business in connection with the restatement and these ongoing 
remediation efforts. In addition, as a result of these restatements and failure to timely make certain filings with the SEC, we could be subject 
to governmental, regulatory or other actions. Any such proceedings could, regardless of the outcome, consume a significant amount of 
management’s time and attention and could result in additional legal, accounting and other costs and liabilities. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

The Company continues to comply with the SEC investigation regarding the Company’s restatement of prior financial statements, which 
was completed in April 2018. 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

The Company’s executive offices are located at 9725 Industrial Drive, Bridgeview, Illinois 60455. The Company has seven principal 
operating plants. The Company’s Lifting Equipment business operates from the facilities described  in this paragraph. The Company 
builds boom trucks and sign cranes in its 188,000 sq. ft. leased facility located in Georgetown, Texas. The Company manufactures its 
knuckle boom cranes in two owned facilities, the 542,000 sq. ft. plant located in S. Cesario sul Panaro, Italy and the 213,000 sq. ft. 
facility  located  in  Arad,  Romania.    The  Romania  facility  also  produces  sub-assemblies  that  are  incorporated  into  PM  products 
manufactured in Italy.  The Company manufactures its precision pick and carry cranes in a 58,000 sq. ft. facility located in Piacenza, 
Italy. The Company builds specialized rough terrain cranes and material handling product in its 170,000 sq. ft. owned facility located in 
Winona, Minnesota.   The Company builds its specialized mobile tanks for liquid and solid storage and containment solutions in its 
100,000 sq. ft. leased facility located in Knox, Indiana.  

15 

 
The Company operates its crane distribution business from a 39,000 sq. ft. leased facility located in Bridgeview, Illinois.  The Bridgeview 
facility also houses our corporate offices. 

All our facilities are used exclusively by the Company. The Company believes that its facilities are suitable for its business and will be 
adequate to meet our current needs. 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

The Company is involved in various legal proceedings, including product liability and workers’ compensation matters which have arisen 
in the normal course of operations. The Company has product liability insurance with self-insurance retention that ranges from $50 
thousand to $0.5 million. The Company has a $250 thousand per claim deductible on worker compensation claims and aggregates of 
$1.0 million to $1.9 million depending on the policy year.  Certain cases are at a preliminary stage and it is not possible to estimate the 
amount or timing of any cost to the Company. However, the Company does not believe that these contingencies, in the aggregate, will 
have a material adverse effect on the Company. Reserves have been established for several liability cases related to PM acquisitions. 
When it is probable that a loss has been incurred and possible to make a reasonable estimate of the Company’s liability with respect to 
such matters, a provision is recorded for the amount of such estimate or the minimum amount of a range of estimates when it is not 
possible to estimate the amount within the range that is most likely to occur. 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable 

16 

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market for the Company’s Common Stock 

The Company’s common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market trading under the symbol MNTX.  

Number of Common Stockholders 

As of February 27, 2019, there were 155 record holders of the Company’s common stock. 

Dividends 

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company did not declare or pay any cash dividends on its common 
stock and the Company does not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Furthermore, the terms of our credit facility 
do not allow us to declare or pay dividends without the prior written consent of the lender. 

Performance Graph 

The following stock performance graph is intended to show our stock performance compared with that of comparable companies. The 
stock performance graph shows the change in market value of ten thousand dollars invested in our Common Stock, the Russell 2000 
Index and a peer group of comparable companies (“Peer Group”) for the  five-year period commencing December 31, 2013 through 
December 31, 2018. The cumulative total stockholder return of the peer group and Russell 2000 Index assumes dividends are reinvested. 
The stockholder return shown on the graph below is not indicative of future performance. The companies in the Peer Group are weighted 
by market capitalization. 

The  Peer  Group  consists  of  the  following  companies,  which  are  in  similar  lines  of  business  to  Manitex  International  Inc.  Lindsay 
Corporation (LNN), Gencor Industries Inc. (GENC), Astec Industries, Inc. (ASTE), Columbus McKinnon Corporation (CMCO) and 
Alamo Group, Inc. (ALG). The companies in the Peer Group generally have market capitalizations that are significantly greater than 
the Company’s market capitalization. It was necessary to select companies with higher market capitalizations to find companies with 
similar lines of business. Our competitors are most often either small privately-owned companies with a narrow product line or a segment 
of a very large company. In selecting our Peer Group, we intentionally excluded the companies that had the largest market capitalization 
even when their product lines were similar to ours. 

17 

  
CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN 
Based upon an initial investment of $10,000 on December 31, 2013 
with dividends reinvested 

$35,000

$30,000

$25,000

$20,000

$15,000

$10,000

$5,000

$0

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Manitex (MNTX)

Construction Equipment (5 stocks)

Russell 2000 Index

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

   December 31,      December 31,      December 31,      December 31,     December 31,      December 31,   

  $ 
Manitex International, Inc. 
Russell 2000 Index 
  $ 
Construction Equipment (5 stocks)    $ 

2013 
10,000     $ 
10,000     $ 
10,000     $ 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

8,004     $ 
10,353     $ 
16,564     $ 

3,747     $ 
9,762     $ 
15,211     $ 

4,320     $ 
11,663     $ 
22,911     $ 

6,045      $ 
13,196      $ 
29,012      $ 

3,577   
11,628   
21,435   

The following table provides information about the Company’s purchases of equity securities during the quarter ended  December 31, 
2018: 

Period 
October 1 through October 31, 2018 
November 1 through November 30, 2018 
December 1 through December 31, 2018 
Total 

Total 
number 
of shares 
purchased (1)     
—       
—       
2,651     $ 
2,651     $ 

Average 
price 
paid per 
share 

Total number 
of shares 
purchased as 
part of publicly 
announced 
plans or programs     
—       
—       
—       
—       

Maximum number 
or approximate 
dollar value of 
shares that may 
yet be purchased 
under the 
plans or programs   
—   
—   
—   
—   

—       
—       
6.60       
6.60       

(1)  The Company purchased and cancelled 2,651 shares of its common stock on December 31, 2018. The shares were purchased from 
employees on December 14, 2018 at the market closing price of $6.60 on that date. The employees used the proceeds from the 
sale of shares to satisfy their withholding tax obligations that arose when restricted shares vested on that date. 

18 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
     
  
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The  following selected  financial data should be read in  conjunction with  our  financial statements and the related notes thereto and 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this report. 

The Company’s results include the results for companies acquired from their respective effective dates of acquisition: December 16, 
2014 for Lift Ventures, December 20, 2014 for ASV, January 15, 2015 for the PM Group and March 12, 2015 for Columbia Tanks. 

The below financial data reflects the following entities as discontinued operations from 2014 through the year in which the entity was 
disposed:  2015 for Load King, and 2016 for Liftking, and CVS.  In addition, the data for the years 2014 to 2017 presents ASV as a 
discontinued operation.  

(In thousands except share information) 

Summary of Operations: 

Net revenues 
Operating (loss) income 
Net (loss) income from continuing operations 
Net (loss) income from continuing operations 
   attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

2018 

2017 

2016 

2015 

2014 

  $ 

242,107     $ 
(235 )     
(13,177 )     

213,112     $ 
(265 )     
(7,067 )     

173,197     $ 
(9,974 )     
(23,189 )     

202,747     $ 
(288 )     
(5,325 )     

174,738   
13,058   
7,261   

  $ 

(13,177 )   $ 

(7,067 )   $ 

(23,189 )   $ 

(5,325 )   $ 

7,261   

(Loss) earnings per share from continuing operations 
   attributable to shareholders of Manitex International, Inc.     
  $ 
  $ 

Basic 
Diluted 

Shares used to calculate earnings per share: 

(0.72 )   $ 
(0.72 )   $ 

(0.43 )   $ 
(0.43 )   $ 

(1.44 )   $ 
(1.44 )   $ 

(0.33 )   $ 
(0.33 )   $ 

0.52   
0.52   

Basic 
Diluted 

     18,409,296       16,548,444       16,133,284       15,970,074       13,858,189   
     18,409,296       16,548,444       16,133,284       15,970,074       13,904,289   

Total assets 
Total debt for continuing operations 
Total shareholders' equity attributed to shareholders of 
   Manitex International, Inc. 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

217,249     $ 
73,011     $ 

225,188     $ 
95,253     $ 

326,954     $ 
106,295     $ 

401,423     $ 
109,437     $ 

314,267   
46,389   

88,004     $ 

70,845     $ 

72,465     $ 

107,012     $ 

120,391   

19 

  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
      
      
  
      
        
        
    
    
    
        
        
        
        
    
    
        
        
        
        
    
  
    
        
        
        
        
    
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF 

OPERATIONS 

The  following  management’s  discussion  and  analysis  of  financial  condition  and  results  of  continuing  operations  should  be  read  in 
conjunction with the Company’s financial statements and notes, and other information included elsewhere in this Report. 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

When reading this section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, it is important that you also read the financial statements and related 
notes thereto.  This Annual Report  on Form 10-K and certain information incorporated herein by  reference  contain  forward-looking 
statements within the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this 
Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  other  than  statements  that  are  purely  historical,  are  forward-looking  statements  and  are  based  upon 
management’s present expectations, objectives, anticipations, plans, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. We use 
words  such  as  “anticipate,”  “estimate,”  “plan,”  “project,”  “continuing,”  “ongoing,”  “expect,”  “believe,”  “intend,”  “may,”  “will,” 
“should,” “could,” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K include, without limitation:  projections of revenue, earnings, capital structure and other financial items, statements of 
our plans and objectives, statements regarding the capabilities and capacities of our business operations,  statements of expected future 
economic conditions and the effect on us and on our customers, expected benefits of our cost reduction measures, and   assumptions 
underlying statements regarding us or our business. Our actual results may differ from information contained in these forward-looking 
statements for many reasons, including those described below and in the section entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors”:  

(1) 

a future substantial deterioration in economic conditions, especially in the United States and Europe; 

(2)  government spending; fluctuations in the construction industry, and capital expenditures in the oil and gas industry; 

(3)  our level of indebtedness and our ability to meet financial covenants required by our debt agreements; 

(4)  our ability to negotiate extensions of our credit agreements and to obtain additional debt or equity financing when needed; 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

the impact that the restatement of our previously issued financial statements could have on our business reputation and relations 
with our customers and suppliers; 

the cyclical nature of the markets we operate in; 

increase in interest rates; 

(8)  Our  increasingly  international  operations  expose  us  to  additional  risks  and  challenges  associated  with  conducting  business 

internationally; 

(9)  difficulties  in  implementing  new  systems,  integrating  acquired  businesses,  managing  anticipated  growth,  and  responding  to 

technological change; 

(10)  our customers’ diminished liquidity and credit availability; 

(11)  the performance of our competitors; 

(12)  shortages in supplies and raw materials or the increase in costs of materials; 

(13)  potential losses under residual value guarantees, 

(14)  product liability claims, intellectual property claims, and other liabilities; 

(15)  the volatility of our stock price; 

(16)  future sales of our common stock; 

(17)  the willingness of our stockholders and directors to approve mergers, acquisitions, and other business transactions; 

(18)  currency transaction (foreign exchange) risks and the risk related to forward currency contracts; 

(19)  compliance with changing laws and regulations; 

(20)  certain provisions of the Michigan Business Corporation Act and the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, Amended 
and Restated Bylaws, and the Company’s Preferred Stock Purchase Rights may discourage or prevent a change in control of the 
Company; 

(21)  a substantial portion of our revenues are attributed to limited number of customers which may decrease or cease purchasing any time;  

(22)  a disruption or breach in our information technology systems; 

(23)  our reliance on the management and leadership skills of our senior executives; 

20 

 
(24)  the cost of compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; 

(25)  Impairment in the carrying value of goodwill could negatively affect our operating results;  

(26)  potential negative effects related to the SEC investigation into our Company; and 

(27)  other factors. 

The risks described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are not the only risks facing our Company. Additional risks and uncertainties 
not  currently  known  to  us  or  that  we  currently  deem  to  be  immaterial  also  may  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition or operating results. All forward-looking statements are made only as of the date hereof. We do not undertake, and expressly 
disclaim, any obligation to update this forward-looking information, except as required under applicable law. 

OVERVIEW 

The Company is a leading provider of engineered lifting solutions. The Company  reports in a single business segment and has five 
operating segments.  The Company designs, manufactures and distributes a diverse group of products that serve different functions and 
are used in a variety of industries.  

Manitex, Inc. (“Manitex”) markets a comprehensive line of boom trucks, truck cranes and sign cranes. Manitex’s boom trucks and crane 
products are primarily used  for industrial projects, energy  exploration and infrastructure development, including  roads, bridges and 
commercial construction.  

Badger Equipment Company (“Badger”) is a manufacturer of specialized rough terrain cranes and material handling products. Badger 
primarily serves the needs of the construction, municipality and railroad industries. 

PM Oil and Steel S.p.A. (“PM”), formerly known as PM Group S.p.A., is a leading Italian manufacturer of truck-mounted hydraulic 
knuckle boom cranes with a 50-year history of technology and innovation, and a product range spanning more than 50 models. Its largest 
subsidiary, Oil & Steel (“O&S”), is a manufacturer of truck-mounted aerial platforms with a diverse product line and an international 
client base.  

Valla product line of industrial cranes is a full range of precision pick and carry cranes using electric, diesel, and hybrid power options. 
Its cranes offer wheeled or tracked, and fixed or swing boom configurations, with special applications designed specifically to meet the 
needs of its customers. These products are sold internationally through dealers and into the rental distribution channel.  

Manitex Sabre, Inc. (“Sabre”), which is located in Knox, Indiana, manufactures a comprehensive line of specialized mobile tanks for 
liquid and solid storage and containment solutions with capacities from 8,000 to 21,000 gallons. Its mobile tanks are sold to specialized 
independent tank rental companies and through the Company’s existing dealer network. The tanks are used in a variety of end markets 
such as petrochemical, waste management and oil and gas drilling.   

Crane and Machinery, Inc. (“C&M”) is a distributor of the Company’s products as well as Terex Corporation’s (“Terex”) rough terrain 
and truck cranes.  Crane and Machinery Leasing, Inc. (“C&M Leasing”) rents equipment manufactured by the Company as well as a 
limited amount of equipment manufactured by third parties.  Although C&M is a distributor of Terex rough terrain and truck cranes, 
C&M’s primary business is the distribution of products manufactured by the Company.   

Consolidated Variable Interest Entity 

Even though it had no ownership interest in SVW Crane & Equipment Company (together with its wholly owned  subsidiary, Rental 
Consulting  Service  Company,  “SVW”),  the  Company  had  the  power  to  direct  the  activities  that  most  significantly  impact  SVW’s 
economic performance. Additionally, the Company was the primary beneficiary of the SVW relationship. SVW obtained third party 
financing, which was effectively guaranteed by the Company, on specific  cranes the Company manufactured and remitted the loan  
proceeds to the Company. Other than its business transactions described herein, SVW had no other substantial business operations. The 
Company  had  determined  that  SVW  is  a  Variable  Interest  Entity  (“VIE”)  that  under  current  accounting  guidance  needed  to  be 
consolidated in the Company’s  financial results.  SVW was consolidated into the Company’s  financial results beginning  in the  first 
quarter  of  2016  through  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017.    By  December  31,  2017,  SVW  had  ceased  operations  and  is  therefore  not  a 
consolidated VIE after December 31, 2017. 

Income and losses related to VIE’s are typically shown in a company’s  financial statements as being attributed to a non-controlling 
interest.  Other than its transactions between SVW and the Company, SVW had no other substantial business operations.  Furthermore, 
the Company exercised control and absorbed all losses and received all the income from SVW operations.  Therefore, the Company has 
concluded that income and losses related to the VIE are attributable to the Shareholders of the Company. 

21 

 
 
 
 
Economic Conditions 

In 2016, we noted that the selloff by energy companies of excess equipment that began in 2015 continued through much of the year. 
This selloff dampened demand for new equipment in both the energy market and the other markets we serve with our boom trucks.  We 
did note that oil prices did begin to increase and by the beginning of June 2016 were approaching $50 per barrel.  Additionally, the oil 
rig count began to increase again and by year end totaled 525 oil rigs. Late in the year, orders received began to increase and included 
orders  for a number  of  cranes in a multitude of markets that the Company serves.    The Company  continues to aggressively pursue 
multiple markets including the tree, utility, general construction and energy markets. 

In 2017, Oil prices remained relatively stable through the first nine months of the year, before the prices began to strengthen considerably 
during the fourth quarter of the year.  Oil prices at the end of 2017 topped $61 per barrel.  The oil rig count declined during the first half 
of the year to 431 before rebounding to 658 by the end of 2017.  In early 2018, the oil rig count continued to increase and at the end of 
March 2018 increased to  over 800.    The sell-off  of used  equipment  continued through most  of the  year but the  effects diminished 
throughout the year.  The market for boom trucks continued to improve throughout the year but remained below normal levels.  Orders, 
however, increased significantly in the fourth quarter of 2017 and going into 2018 demand for boom trucks continued to increase. 

The market for PM knuckle boom cranes was not significantly affected by decrease in oil prices.  The markets for these products have 
been more stable.  The North American market for knuckle boom cranes is growing. PM currently has a small share of the market for 
knuckle boom cranes in North America. The Company has started to manufacture knuckle boom cranes on a limited basis in the United 
States and is marketing them through the Company’s current distribution channels. The Company currently has a strong presence in 
North America for its boom trucks. The Company believes that it can significantly increase the Company’s share for knuckle boom 
cranes in North America. The Company believes this is an immediate opportunity that will continue to grow over time. 

In 2017, the demand for knuckle boom cranes was up modestly in all the markets that PM sells into except for the Middle East.  The 
demand from the Middle East market was consistent with the prior year but remains significantly depressed.  In 2017, Western  and 
North Europe were PM’s largest markets. Although there was growth in the other PM markets, the demand from such other markets has 
not returned to levels achieved in the past.     

During 2018, demand for boom trucks continued to be significantly above 2017 levels with industry shipments increasing 19% versus 
2017. The general economic environment in the United States during 2018 was favorable. During 2018, the United States economy was 
strong, oil prices strengthened, and U.S. oil rig count increased to 1,083 at December 28, 2018 from 929 at December 31, 2017. The 
Company currently expects the favorable environment that it is currently operating to continue through 2019.   

During 2018, the demand for knuckle boom cranes was steady in all the markets that PM sells into except for some markets in Latin 
America where local currency turbulence with strong devaluations towards the Euro and US dollar affected the local demand.   The 
demand from the Middle East market was consistent with 2017 but remained significantly slow.  During 2018, demand from Western 
and Northern Europe, PM’s largest markets, remained at a solid level. Although there was light growth in the other PM markets, the 
demand from such other markets was still lower than the levels achieved in the past. PM’s markets appeared to be stable or growing 
moving into 2019.  

Factors Affecting Revenues and Gross Profit 

The Company derives most of its revenue from purchase orders from dealers and distributors. The demand for the Company’s products 
depends upon the general economic conditions of the markets in which the Company competes. The Company’s sales depend in part 
upon its customers’ replacement or repair cycles. Adverse economic conditions, including a decrease in commodity prices, may  cause 
customers to forego or postpone new purchases in favor of repairing existing machinery.  

Gross profit varies from period to period. Factors that affect gross profit include product mix, production levels and cost of raw materials. 
Margins tend to increase when production is skewed towards larger capacity cranes.  

22 

 
The following table sets forth certain financial data for the three years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016: 

Results of Consolidated Operations 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 

(In thousands, except share data) 

Net revenues 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Operating expenses 

Research and development costs 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Impairment of intangibles 

Total operating expenses 

Operating loss 
Other income (expense) 
Interest expense 
Interest expense related to write off of debt 
   issuance costs 
Interest income 
Changes in fair value of securities held 
Foreign currency transaction loss 
Other (loss) income 

Total other expense 

Loss before income taxes and loss in 
   non-marketable equity interest from 
   continuing operations 
Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing 
   operations 
(Loss) income in non-marketable equity interest, 
   net of taxes 

Loss from continuing operations 

Discontinued operations: 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of 
   income tax (benefit) expense of ($23) and 
   $37,in 2017 and 2016, respectively 

  $ 
(Income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest     

Net loss 

  For the Year Ended     For the Year Ended     For the Year Ended   
   December 31, 

     December 31, 

     December 31, 

2018 

2017 

2016 

  $ 

242,107     $ 
198,060       
44,047       

213,112     $ 
176,266       
36,846       

2,839       
35,707       
5,736       
44,282       
(235 )     

2,564       
34,547       
—       
37,111       
(265 )     

173,197   
143,260   
29,937   

2,939   
36,972   
—   
39,911   
(9,974 ) 

(5,508 )     

(6,498 )     

(6,390 ) 

—       
168       
(5,494 )     
(814 )     
(374 )     
(12,022 )     

—       
—       
—       
(1,149 )     
367       
(7,280 )     

(1,439 ) 
—   
—   
(1,115 ) 
915   
(8,029 ) 

(12,257 )     

(7,545 )     

(18,003 ) 

511       

(118 )     

(566 ) 

(409 )     
(13,177 )     

360       
(7,067 )     

(5,752 ) 
(23,189 ) 

—       
(13,177 )   $ 
—       

(737 )     
(7,804 )   $ 
(274 )     

(14,478 ) 
(37,667 ) 
574   

Loss attributable to shareholders 
   of Manitex International, Inc. 

  $ 

(13,177 )   $ 

(8,078 )   $ 

(37,093 ) 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 from Continuing Operations Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2017 from Continuing 
Operations 

Net loss from continuing operations  

For the year ended December 31, 2018, net loss was $13.2 million, which consists of revenue of $242.1 million, cost of sales of $198.1 
million, research and development costs of $2.8 million, SG&A costs of $41.5 million, interest expense of $5.5 million, interest income 
of $0.2, a loss in the change in fair value of securities held of $5.5, foreign currency transaction loss of $0.8 million, other loss of $0.4 
million, loss in non-marketable equity interest of $0.4 million and income tax expense of $0.5 million. 

23 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
    
        
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
        
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
        
        
    
    
 
For the year ended December 31, 2017, net loss was $7.1 million, which consists of revenue of $213.1 million, cost of sales of $176.3 
million, research and development costs of $2.6 million, SG&A costs of $34.5 million, interest expense of $6.5 million, foreign currency 
transaction loss of $1.1 million, other income of $0.4 million, income in non-marketable equity interest of $0.4 million and income tax 
benefit of $0.1 million.  

Net revenue and gross profit —For the year ended December 31, 2018, net revenue and gross profit were $242.1 million and $44.0 
million, respectively. Gross profit as a percent of net revenues was 18.2% for the year ended December 31, 2018.  For the year ended 
December 31, 2017, net revenue and gross profit were $213.1 million and $36.8 million, respectively. Gross profit as a percent of sales 
was 17.3% for the year ended December 31, 2017.   

For 2018, revenues increased $29.0 million or 13.6% from $213.1 million for 2017 to $242.1 million for 2018.  The increase is primarily 
due to an increase in straight mast cranes revenues and specialized mobile tank revenues. The Company also had increases from all 
other business units for the year.   The revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018 were also favorably impacted by a stronger Euro, 
which accounted for approximately $3.7 million of the increase in revenue.   

Gross profit as a percent of net revenues was 18.2% for the year ended December 31, 2018, which increased from 17.3% for the year 
ended December 31, 2017. The improvement in the gross profit percentage is primarily due to an increase in the gross margin percentage 
generated on the sale of straight mast cranes and specialized mobile tanks.  Boom truck margins were favorably impacted by an increase 
in production volume and improved pricing.  Pricing improved in 2018, largely the result of a decrease in discounts being offered during 
2018. The gross margin percent for the year ended December 31, 2017 was affected by $1.7 million in inventory reserve adjustments in 
the third and fourth quarters of 2017.   

Research and development —Research and development for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $2.8 million compared to $2.6 
million for the comparable period in 2017. Research and development expenditures were relatively consistent with the prior period. The 
Company’s research and development spending continues to reflect our commitment to develop and introduce new products that give 
the Company a competitive advantage. 

Selling, general and administrative expense —Selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 was 
$41.5 million compared to $34.5 million for the comparable period in 2017, an increase of $7.0 million.  Approximately $5.8 million 
was related to net impairment  charges to intangible assets.  Approximately $2  million  of the  increase is attributed to  fees related to 
financial statement restatement costs and $0.6 million of the increase is attributed to currency exchange impact. In 2017, a non-recurring 
expense related to the ConExpo trade show (the show is held every three years and was held in March 2017) accounted for $0.5 million 
in expense.  The remaining $1 million is attributed to decreases in PM expenses related to restructuring activities, partially offset by 
increases in the United States which are partially due to increased revenues.  

Operating loss —The Company had an operating loss of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to an operating 
loss of $0.3 million in the prior year.  Operating loss increased due to changes in revenue, cost of sales and operating expenses explained 
above. 

Interest expense —Interest expense was $5.5 million and $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  
2018 interest expense reflects the benefit of decreases in outstanding debt balances partially offset by higher interest rates.  

Foreign currency transaction loss — Foreign currency loss was $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 and $1.1 million 
for the year ended December 31, 2017. As stated in the past, the Company attempts to purchase forward currency exchange contracts 
such that the exchange gains and losses on the assets and liabilities denominated in other than the reporting units’ functional currency 
will be offset by the changes in the market value of the forward currency exchange contracts it holds.  Currency risks can be reduced 
but not eliminated in part because the Company has not been able to identify a strategy to effectively hedge the currency risks related to 
the Argentinian peso.   The Company records at the balance sheet date the forward currency exchange contracts at their market value 
with any associated gain or loss being recorded in current earnings as a currency gain or loss.  

A  substantial  portion  of  the  2018  loss  is  attributable  to  exchange  losses  related  to  the  Argentinian  peso.    As  previously  stated,  the 
Company has not been able to identify a strategy to effectively hedge currency risks related to the Argentinian peso.   

Other (loss) income — For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had other loss of $0.4 million and other income 
of $0.4 million, respectively. For the year ended December, 31, 2018, the other loss was related to the increase in the fair market value 
of a contingent liability associated with the PM acquisition based on a revaluation that used updated information. 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, other income is the result of revaluing a contingent acquisition liability related to an option to 
acquire certain PM bank debt.  

24 

 
 
Change in fair value of securities held—-For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company had losses of $5.5 million. Losses for 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  were  due  to  a  change  in  the  fair  value  of  securities  held  in  ASV  (see  Notes  11  and  26  in  the 
accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements). 

Income  tax  —  On  December  22,  2017,  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  (the  “Jobs  Act”)  was  enacted  into  law.  The  Jobs  Act  makes 
comprehensive changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to, reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, 
changes to the rules related to uses and limitations of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 
31, 2017, immediate expensing of certain qualified property, creation of a new limitation on deductible interest expense, repeal of the 
U.S. corporate minimum tax (“AMT”), and changes in the manner in which international operations are taxed in the U.S. Although the 
majority of the changes resulting from the Jobs Act are effective beginning in 2018, U.S. GAAP requires that certain impacts of the Jobs 
Act be recognized in the income tax provision in the period of enactment.  

In response to the enactment  of the Jobs Act, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 118, which provides guidance  on 
accounting for the tax effects of the Jobs Act. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from 
the Jobs Act enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740. To the extent that a company’s accounting for 
certain income tax effects of the Jobs Act is incomplete but is able to determine a reasonable estimate, it must record a provisional 
estimate in the financial statements.  

In accordance with SAB 118, the Company recorded a provisional increase to its net deferred tax asset of $0.4 million, which is primarily 
attributable to deferred tax liabilities related to indefinite lived intangible assets that became available as a source of taxable income to 
offset existing deferred tax assets and for the recognition of refundable alternative minimum tax credits as provided for in the Jobs Act.  

The Jobs Act includes a mandatory one-time transition tax on accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. As a result, all previously 
unremitted earnings for which no U.S. deferred tax liability had been accrued are now subject to U.S. tax. The Company recorded a 
provisional  amount  for  the  one-time  transition  tax  liability  for  all  of  its  foreign  subsidiaries  resulting  in  an  income  tax  expense  of 
approximately $0.5 million, which was offset by a reduction in the valuation allowance. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we 
increased our one-time transition tax on accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries by $0.3 million, which was offset by a reduction 
in the valuation allowance. Due to our net loss position, we were not subject to US federal and state taxes in connection with the deemed 
repatriation of foreign earnings. 

The Company completed its analysis of the Jobs Act during 2018. There was no impact to income tax expense as a result of the changes 
to provisional amounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements for the year-ended December 31, 2017. 

Approximately $3.8 million of the Company’s undistributed foreign earnings have been subject to US federal taxation as required by 
the  Jobs  Act.  The  Company’s  assertion  to  indefinitely  reinvest  its  foreign  earnings  remains  unchanged  despite  the  taxation  of  its 
undistributed foreign earnings. Upon remittance of these earnings, the Company would be subject to withholding tax and some state 
tax. It is not practicable to estimate the tax impact of the reversal of the outside basis difference, or the repatriation of cash due to the 
complexity associated with the calculations. 

The Jobs Act also establishes Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) provisions that impose a tax on foreign income in excess 
of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. The Company has elected to recognize GILTI as a period cost as incurred, 
therefore there are no deferred taxes recognized for basis differences that are expected to impact the amount of the GILTI inclusion 
upon reversal. 

The Company’s effective rate was an income tax provision of 4.04% on a pretax loss of $12.7 million compared to an income tax benefit 
of 1.6% on a pretax loss of $7.2 million. The increase in the effective tax rate is due primarily to the tax effects related to the mix of 
domestic and foreign earnings, and an increase in nondeductible permanent differences, unrecognized tax benefits and the valuation 
allowance.  

(Loss) income in equity investments — The Company had (loss) and income related to its equity investment of $(0.4) million and $0.4 
million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  Loss for the year ended December 31, 2018 was from sale of 
shares of ASV Holdings stock and loss on equity investment in ASV Holdings compared to income from equity investment in ASV 
Holdings for the comparable period.    

Net loss from continuing operations —Net loss for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $13.2 million and $7.1 million, 
respectively. The change is explained above. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2017 from Continuing Operations Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016 from Continuing 
Operations 

Net loss from continuing operations  

For the year ended December 31, 2017, net loss was $7.1 million, which consists of revenue of $213.1 million, cost of sales of $176.3 
million, research and development costs of $2.6 million, SG&A costs of $34.5 million, interest expense of $6.5 million, foreign currency 
transaction loss of $1.1 million, other income of $0.4 million, income in non-marketable equity interest of $0.4 million and income tax 
benefit of $0.1 million. 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, net loss was $23.2 million, which consists of revenue of $173.2 million, cost of sales of $143.3 
million, research and development costs of $2.9 million, SG&A costs of $37.0 million, interest expense of $7.8 million (including debt 
issuance costs of $1.4 million), foreign currency transaction loss of $1.1 million, other income of $0.9 million, loss in non-marketable 
equity interest of $5.8 million and income tax benefit of $0.6 million. 

Net revenue and gross profit —For the year ended December 31, 2017, net revenue and gross profit were $213.1 million and $36.8 
million,  respectively.  Gross  profit  as  a  percent  of  sales  was  17.3%  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2017.  For  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2016, net revenue and gross profit were $173.2 million and $29.9 million, respectively. Gross profit as a percent of sales 
was 17.3% for the year ended December 31, 2016.   

For 2017 revenues increased $39.9 million or 23.0% from $173.2 million for 2016 to $213.1 million for 2017.  The increase is primarily 
due to an increase in straight mast cranes revenues.   The increase is due to an improvement in market conditions addressed above under 
the heading “Economic Conditions”.  The revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017 were also favorably impacted by a stronger 
Euro, which accounted for approximately $1.0 million of the increase in revenue.   

Gross profit as a percent of net revenues was 17.3% for the year ended December 31, 2017, which is equal to the gross profit for the 
year ended December 31, 2016 year. The gross margin percent for the year ended December 31, 2017 was affected by $1.7 million in 
inventory reserve adjustments in the third and fourth quarters of 2017.   

Research and development —Research and development for the year ended December 31, 2017 was $2.6 million compared to $2.9 
million for the comparable period in 2016. Research and development expenditures were relatively consistent with the prior period. The 
Company’s research and development spending continues to reflect our commitment to develop and introduce new products that give 
the Company a competitive advantage. 

Selling, general and administrative expense —Selling, general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 was 
$34.5 million compared to $37.0 million for the comparable period in 2016, a decrease of $2.4 million.  The three months ended March 
31, 2017 included expenses of $0.5 million incurred in connection with our participation at the 2017 Con Expo trade show. The Con 
Expo show, which is held every three years, was held in Las Vegas in March of this year. This show is an international gathering place 
for the construction industries. It is estimated that 130,000 professionals from around the world attended the show.   

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $2.9 million when Con Expo expenses are excluded. The decrease is primarily 
related to the Company’s continued cost cutting programs.    

Operating loss —The Company had an operating loss of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to an operating 
loss of $10.0 million in the prior year.  Operating income increased due to changes in revenue, cost of sales and operating expenses 
explained above. 

Interest  expense  —Interest  expense  was  $6.5  million  and  $7.8  million  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2017  and  2016, 
respectively.  A non-recurring expense in 2016 of $1.4 million accounts for the majority of the decrease.  The non-recurring charge was 
the result of expensing deferred financing costs when debt was refinanced.  

As the majority of the Company’s debt is variable interest rate debt, the modest increases in market interest rates including LIBOR and 
the U.S. prime rates were mostly offset by a decrease in outstanding debt.  

Foreign currency transaction loss — Foreign currency loss was $1.1 million for both years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. As 
stated in the past, the Company attempts to purchase forward currency exchange contracts such that the exchange gains and losses on 
the assets and liabilities denominated in other than the reporting units’ functional currency will be offset by the changes in the market 
value of the forward currency exchange contracts it holds.  Currency risks can be reduced but not eliminated in part because the Company 
has not been able to identify a strategy to effectively hedge the currency risks related to the Argentinian peso.   The Company records 
at the balance sheet date the forward currency exchange contracts at their market value with any associated gain or loss being recorded 
in current earnings as a currency gain or loss.  

26 

A  substantial  portion  of  the  2017  loss  is  attributable  to  exchange  losses  related  to  the  Argentinian  peso.  As  previously  stated,  the 
Company has not been able to identify a strategy to effectively hedge currency risks related to the Argentinian peso.   

The 2016 currency loss also reflects the recognition of deferred loss of $0.2 million related to an intercompany receivable.  The loss had 
been  previously  deferred  in  other  comprehensive  income  as  there  was  an  intercompany  receivable  that  was  not  expected  to  be 
repaid.  The repayment of the receivable resulted in the recognition of the previously deferred loss.   

Other income (loss) — For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had other income of $0.4 million and $0.9 
million, respectively.  For the year ended December 31, 2017, other income is the result of revaluing a contingent acquisition liability 
related to an option to acquire certain PM bank debt. The fair market value of the contingent acquisition liability is subject to revaluation 
on a recurring basis.  The revaluation that was performed for March 31, 2018 will take into account the effect of PM debt restructuring 
that happened in the first quarter of 2018. During 2016, the fair value of this liability was recalculated based on updated 2017 EBITDA 
projections.  This revaluation resulted in a gain of approximately $0.9 million.   

Income  tax  —  On  December  22,  2017,  the  Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  (the  “Jobs  Act”)  was  enacted  into  law.  The  Jobs  Act  makes 
comprehensive changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to, reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, 
changes to the rules related to uses and limitations of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after December 
31, 2017, immediate expensing of certain qualified property, creation of a new limitation on deductible interest expense, repeal of the 
U.S. corporate minimum tax (“AMT”), and changes in the manner in which international operations are taxed in the U.S. Although the 
majority of the changes resulting from the Jobs Act are effective beginning in 2018, U.S. GAAP requires that certain impacts of the Jobs 
Act be recognized in the income tax provision in the period of enactment.  

In response to the enactment  of the  Jobs  Act, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 118, which provides guidance  on 
accounting for the tax effects of the Jobs Act. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from 
the Jobs Act enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740. To the extent that a company’s accounting for 
certain income tax effects of the Jobs Act is incomplete but is able to determine a reasonable estimate, it must record a provisional 
estimate in the financial statements. As described in Note 16, the Company has completed its analysis of the Jobs Act during 2018. 
There was no impact to income tax expense as a result of the changes to provisional amounts recorded in the consolidated financial 
statements for the year-ended December 31, 2017. 

Income tax (benefit) from continuing operations was $(0.1) million and $(0.6) million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, 
respectively. The income tax benefit is attributed to a pre-tax loss of $7.2 million and $23.8 million from continuing operations for the 
years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The Company’s effective rate decreased to 1.64% for 2017 from 
2.38% for 2016. The decrease in the effective tax rate is due primarily to the tax effects related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, a decrease 
in the valuation allowance, a decrease in deferred tax liabilities related to indefinite lived intangible assets as well as the mix of domestic 
and foreign earnings.  

Income (loss) in equity investments  — The Company had income (loss) related to its equity investment of $0.4 million and ($5.8) 
million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  Income for the year ended December 31, 2017 was from earnings 
from our equity investment in ASV Holdings. The loss in 2016 is result of recognizing an impairment charge of $5.6 million to write 
off our entire investment in Lift Ventures LLC during 2016. See Note 27 to the financial statements for additional information related 
this impairment. 

Net loss from continuing operations —Net loss for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 was $7.1 million and $23.2 million, 
respectively. The change is explained above. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Cash,  cash  equivalents  and  restricted  cash  were  $22.3  million  and  $5.4  million  at  December 31,  2018  and  December 31,  2017, 
respectively. In addition, the Company has a U.S. revolving credit facility with a maturity date of July 20, 2021. At December 31, 2018 
the Company had approximately $24.5 million available to borrow under its revolving credit facility.      

At December 31, 2018, the PM Group had established working capital facilities with  five Italian banks, one Spanish bank and eight 
South American banks. Under these facilities, the PM Group can borrow $25.2 million against orders, invoices and letters of credit. 
These facilities are divided into two types: working capital facilities and cash facilities.   At December 31, 2018, the PM Group had 
received advances of $18.9 million. Future advances are dependent on having available collateral. 

27 

  
 
Our subsidiary in Argentina (“PM Argentina”) began accounting for their operations as highly inflationary effective July 1, 2018, as 
required by GAAP.  Under highly inflationary accounting, PM Argentina’s functional currency became the Euro (its parent company’s 
reporting currency), and its income statement and balance sheet have been measured in Euros using both current and historical rates of 
exchange.  The effect of changes in exchange rates on peso-denominated monetary assets and liabilities has been reflected in earnings 
in other (income) and expense, net and was not material.  As of  December 31, 2018, PM Argentina had a small net peso monetary 
position.  Net sales of PM Argentina were less than 5 and 10 percent of our consolidated net sales for the  years ended December 31, 
2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Significant Transactions Affecting Company Liquidity 

During 2018, the Company entered into two transactions that had a significant beneficial impact on the Company’s liquidity.  During 
February 2018, the Company sold 1.0 million shares of ASV common stock it held for $7.0 million and on May 29, 2018 Tadano Ltd. 
purchased approximately 2.9 million shares of the Company’s common stock, which generated cash of approximately $32.0 million, 
net of expenses.   A portion of the proceeds raised in these two transactions were used to support an increase in working capital, the 
result of increased revenues.  The remaining proceeds are the principal reason cash has increased by $16.9 million and debt has decreased 
by $22.9 million since year end.   

Nevertheless, because our availability under our credit lines is limited, it is important that we manage our working capital.  The Company 
may need to  raise additional capital through debt or equity financings to support our long-term growth strategy, which may include 
additional acquisitions. There is no assurance that such financing will be available or, if available, on acceptable terms. 

Outstanding borrowings and required payments 

The following is a summary of our outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2018: 

(In millions) 

Outstanding 
Balance 

Interest 
Rate 

Interest 
Paid 

Principal Payment 

   $ 

U.S. Revolver 
Convertible note—Terex 
Convertible note—Perella 
Capital lease—cranes for sale      
Capital lease—Georgetown 
   facility 
Note payable— 
   Winona Facility 
PM unsecured borrowings 

PM Autogru term loan #1 

PM Autogru term loan #2 

PM Autogru term loan #3 
PM Argentina Note 
PM term loans with related 
   accrued interest, interest 
   rate swaps and FMV 
   adjustments 
PM short-term working 
   capital borrowings 
Valla note payable 

Valla short-term working 
   capital borrowings 

Debt issuance costs 
Debt net of issuance costs 

   $ 

—     
7.2     
14.7     
0.5     

N/A   
7.5%   
7.5%   
5.5%   

5.0     

12.50%   

0.4     

13.9     

0.2     

0.4     
0.3     
0.1     

8.0%   

3.5%   

3.00%   

2.50%   
2.75%   
28.5%   

11.5     

0 to 3.5%   

18.9      1.75 to 65.0%   

0.1     

4.38%   

0.0      4.50 to 4.75%   
73.2     
(0.2 )   
73.0     

28 

Monthly    July 20, 2021 maturity 
Semi-Annual    January 1, 2021 maturity 
Semi-Annual    January 7, 2021 maturity 

Monthly    January 13, 2021 maturity 
Monthly 

$0.06 million monthly payment includes 
   interest. April 30, 2028 maturity 
$0.01 million monthly 

Monthly 

Semi-Annual 

Monthly 

Monthly 

Annual installments starting December 
   2019 through December 2025 
$0.01 million monthly through 
   October 2020 
$0.01 monthly through 
   March 2019 

Monthly    Monthly through June 2023 
Quarterly    $0.02 monthly through May 2019 

Annual 

Annual installments starting December 
   2019 and a balloon payment in 
   December 2026 

Monthly 

Upon payment of invoice 

Quarterly 

Monthly 

Over 14 quarterly payments ending 
   January 2021 
Upon payment of invoice or letter of 
   credit 

 
 
  
  
     
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
     
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
  
     
    
       
     
    
       
    
       
 
The debt has various maturity dates. See Notes 13 through 15 to the financial statements for additional details. 

Change in outstanding debt 

In 2018, our total debt was reduced by $22.9 million (excluding $0.5 million deferred interest reclassification).  The primary difference is 
attributed to a decrease in the U.S. Revolver debt of $12.9 and a decrease in total PM debt of $8.0 million which was paid off during the 
year.  

The following is a summary of changes in debt related to continuing operations: 

(In millions) 

U.S. Revolver 
Notes Bank (insurance premiums) 
Notes payable-Terex 
Capital leases—buildings 
Capital leases—equipment 
Convertible note—Terex 
Convertible note—Perella 
Badger notes payable 
Valla notes payable 
PM 

Debt issuance costs 

Increase/ 
(decrease) 

(12.9 ) 
(0.6 ) 
(0.6 ) 
0.2   
(0.2 ) 
0.2   
0.1   
(0.5 ) 
(1.0 ) 
(8.1 ) 
(23.4 ) 
0.5   
(22.9 ) 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

Cash Flows for 2018 and 2017 

Operating Activities 

For 2018, operating activities provided $1.0 million in cash compared to $9.1 million cash provided during 2017. For 2018, cash used 
by working capital was $5.1 million versus $9.9 million of cash generated from working capital in 2017. Receivables were a use of cash 
of $0.3 million for 2018 compared to $11.1 million in 2017. Inventory represented a cash outflow of $7.3 million for 2018 and a cash 
inflow of $17.1 million during 2017 primarily driven by the sale of $9.5 million of SVW inventory that was held at the end of 2016.  
Accounts payable provided $2.8 million of cash for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $2.6 million of cash used for the 
year ended December 31, 2017. The cash performance in 2017 also included $3.5 million from discontinued operations.  

Investing Activities 

Cash provided for investing activities was $5.8 million in 2018 which included $7.0 million of proceeds from the sales of partial interest 
in equity investment.  Cash provided for investing activities was $11.7 million in 2017 which included $12.9 million of proceeds from 
the sale of discontinued operations. Cash payments for plant, property and equipment were $1.2 million in 2018 versus payments of 
$1.0 million in 2017, an increase of $0.2 million.  

Financing Activities 

Cash flow from financing activities was an inflow of $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018 which included net proceeds 
of $31.9 million in connection with the sale of stock to Tadano, partially offset by a reduction in borrowing under the U.S. credit facility 
of $12.9 million. Cash flow from financing activities was an outflow of $20.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Financing 
activities of continuing operations consumed $15.8 million and discontinued operations consumed another $5.1 million of cash. The use 
of cash in 2017 included a reduction in borrowing under the U.S. credit facility of $7.1 million and debt payments of $16.5 million, of 
which approximately $11.2 million was used to retire all SVW related debt.  

Contingencies 

The Company is involved in various legal proceedings, including product liability and workers’ compensation matters which have arisen 
in the normal course of operations. Certain cases are at a preliminary stage, and it is not possible to estimate the amount or timing of 
any cost to the Company. 

29 

 
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
  
 
The Company does not believe that these contingencies in aggregate will have a material adverse effect on the Company. 

Additionally, the Company has been named as a defendant in several multi-defendant asbestos related product  liability lawsuits. In 
certain instances, the Company is indemnified by a former owner of the product line in question. In the remaining cases the plaintiff 
has, to date, not been able to establish any exposure by the plaintiff to the Company’s products. The Company is uninsured with respect 
to these claims but believes that it will not incur any material liability with respect to these to claims. 

When it is probable that a loss has been incurred and possible to make a reasonable estimate of the Company’s liability with respect to 
such matters, a provision is recorded for the amount of such estimate or the minimum amount of a range of estimates when it is not 
possible to estimate the amount within the range that is most likely to occur. The Company established reserves for several PM lawsuits 
in conjunction with the purchase accounting for this acquisition.  

As described in Note 16, included in the unrecognized tax benefits is a liability for the Romania income tax audit for tax years 2012-
2016.  Depending upon the final resolution of these audits, the liability could be higher or lower than the amount recorded at December 
31, 2018. 

Residual Value Guarantees 

The Company issues partial residual value guarantees to support a customer’s financing of equipment purchased from the Company. A 
residual value guarantee involves a guarantee that a piece of equipment will have a minimum fair market value at a future date if certain 
conditions are met by the customer. The Company has issued partial residual guarantees that have maximum exposure of approximately 
$1.6 million.  The Company, however, does not have any reason to believe that any exposure from such a guarantee is probable at this 
time and accordingly, no liability has been recorded. The Company’s lability from its guarantees may be affected by economic conditions 
in used equipment markets at the time of loss. 

Income Taxes 

The Company records accrued interest related to income tax matters in the provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated 
statement of income. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, interest and penalties recognized on unrecognized tax 
benefits were $266, $69 and $40, respectively. The accrued balance as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $648 and $382, respectively. 
Included in the unrecognized tax benefits is a liability for the Romania income tax audit for tax years 2012-2016.  Depending upon the 
final resolution of the audit, the uncertain tax position liability could be higher or lower than the amount recorded at December 31, 2018. 
It is not reasonably possible to estimate the change in unrecognized tax benefits within 12 months of the reporting date. 

The  Company  files  income  tax  returns  in  the  United  States,  Italy,  Romania  and  Argentina  as  well  as  various  state  and  local  tax 
jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations.  With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to examination by the tax 
authorities for U.S. federal or state for the years before 2015, or foreign examinations for years before 2012.  

SEC Investigation 

The Company continues to comply with the SEC investigation regarding the Company’s restatement of prior financial statements, which 
was completed in April 2018. 

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements 

CIBC has issued 2 standby letters  of  credit at December  31,  2018.   The  first standby  letter  of credit is $0.5 million in  favor  of an 
insurance carrier to secure obligations which may arise in connection with future deductible payments that may be incurred under the 
Company’s worker’s compensation insurance policies.  The second standby letter of credit is $20 thousand in favor of a governmental 
agency to secure obligations which may arise in connection with worker’s compensation claims. During the fourth quarter of 2015 and 
first quarter  of 2016, the Company entered into  four 60-month equipment  operating leases in sales and lease back transactions.  In 
connection with these transactions, the Company received $6.7 million, i.e., $2.6 million for the one executed in 2015 and a total of $4.1 
million for the three executed in 2016. In February 2019, the Company came to an agreement with the bank to purchase the remaining 
equipment for $1.4 million.  

The Company has issued partial residual value guarantees to  support a customer’s  financing. A residual value guarantee involves a 
guarantee that a piece of equipment will have a minimum fair market value at a future date if certain conditions are met by the customer. 
The Company has issued partial residual guarantees that have maximum exposure of approximately $1.6 million  in aggregate.  The 
Company, however, does not have any reason to believe that any exposure from any such guarantees is either probable or estimable at 
this time, as such, no liability has been recorded. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
See  Note  24  –  “Legal  Proceedings  and  Other  Contingencies”  in  the  Notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  further 
information regarding our guarantees. 

Contractual Obligations 

The following is a schedule as of December 31, 2018 of our long-term contractual commitments, future minimum lease payments under 
non-cancelable operating lease arrangements and other long-term obligations. 

(In thousands) 

Working capital borrowings (3) 
Term loans (4) 
Operating lease obligations 
Capital lease obligations (3) 
Legal settlement (see Note 24) (3) 
Service agreements 
Purchase obligations (1) 

Total 

Total 

18,984       
52,399       
6,907       
5,903       
1,235       
69       
15,308       
  $  100,805     $ 

Payments due by period 
2020-2021 

2019 
18,971       
5,148       
1,950       
545       
95       
69       
15,308       
42,086     $ 

2022-2023 

      Thereafter 

10       
30,569       
2,338       
1,066       
190       
—       
—       
34,173     $ 

3       
6,626       
816       
950       
190       
—       
—       
8,585     $ 

—   
10,056   
1,803   
3,342   
760   
—   
—   
15,961   

(1)  Except for a very insignificant amount, purchase obligations are for inventory items. Purchase obligations not for inventory would 

include research and development materials, supplies and services. 

(2)  At December 31, 2018, the Company had a reserve for unrecognized tax benefits of $4.2 million for which the Company is unable 
to make reasonably reliable estimates of the period of cash settlement with the respective tax authority. Thus, these liabilities 
(reserves) have not been included in the contractual obligations table. (See Note 16). 

(3)  PM working capital borrowing, Capital lease obligations and legal settlement include imputed interest. 
(4)  Long-term  debt  obligations  include  expected  interest  expense.  Interest  expense  is  calculated  using  current  interest  rates  for 

indebtedness as of December 31, 2018. 

Related Party Transactions 

For a description of the Company’s related party transactions, please see Note 23 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements 
entitled “Transactions between the Company and Related Parties.” 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities, 
revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and 
assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors and circumstances. Management believes that our estimates and 
assumptions are reasonable under the  circumstances; however, actual results may  vary  from these  estimates and assumptions under 
different future circumstances. We have identified the following critical accounting policies that affect the more significant judgments 
and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. 

Principals  of  Consolidation.    The  Company  consolidates  all  entities  that  we  control  by  ownership  of  a  majority  voting  interest. 
Additionally, there are situations in which consolidation is required even though the usual condition of consolidation (ownership of a 
majority voting interest) does not apply. Generally, this occurs when an entity holds an interest in another business enterprise that was 
achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests, which results in a disproportionate relationship between such entity's 
voting interests in, and its exposure to the economic risks and potential rewards of, the other business enterprise. This disproportionate 
relationship results in what is known as a variable interest, and the entity in which we have the variable interest is referred to as a "VIE." 
An enterprise must consolidate a VIE if it is determined to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE. The primary beneficiary has both 
(1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance, and (2) the obligation 
to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. 

31 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
Although the Company did not have an ownership interest in S.V.W. Crane & Equipment Company and its wholly owned subsidiary 
Rental  Consulting  Service  Company  (collectively  “SVW”),  the  Company  had  the  power  to  direct  the  activities  of  SVW  that  most 
significantly impacted its economic performance and is absorbing the losses.  SVW had obtained financing and had remitted the proceeds 
to the Company using inventory (cranes) owned by the Company as collateral.  The finance companies that held the loans had a perfected 
security interest in the inventory and therefore had recourse against this specific inventory.   Furthermore, the debt taken on by SVW 
was effectively guaranteed by the Company pursuant to certain related agreements. 

Income and losses related to VIEs are typically shown in a  company’s  financial statements as being attributed to a non-controlling 
interest.  Other than its transactions between SVW and the Company, SVW had no other substantial business operations.  Furthermore, 
the Company exercised control and absorbed all losses and received all the income from SVW operations.  Therefore, the Company had 
concluded that income and losses related to the VIE are attributable to the Shareholders of the Company. By December 31, 2017, SVW 
had ceased operations and is therefore not a consolidated VIE after December 31, 2017. 

The Company eliminates from our financial results all significant intercompany transactions, including the intercompany transactions 
with consolidated SVW.  

Revenue Recognition. Revenue is recognized when obligations under the terms of the contract with our customer are satisfied; generally, 
this occurs with the transfer of control of our equipment, parts or installation services (typically completed within one day), which occurs 
at  a  point  in  time.  Equipment  can  be  redirected  during  the  manufacturing  phase  such  that  over  time  revenue  recognition  is  not 
appropriate.  Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring goods or providing 
services.  Our contracts are non-cancellable and returns are only allowed in limited instances through C&M Sales, value add, and other 
taxes we collect concurrent with revenue-producing activities are excluded from revenue. The expected costs associated with our base 
warranties continue to be recognized as expense when the products are sold and do not constitute a separate performance obligation.   

For instances where equipment and installation services are sold together, the Company accounts for the equipment and installation 
services separately.  The consideration (including any discounts) is allocated between the equipment and installation services based on 
their stand-alone selling prices. The stand-alone selling prices are determined based on the prices at which the Company separately sells 
the equipment.  

In some instances, the Company fulfills its obligations and bills the customer for the work performed but does not ship the goods until 
a  later  date.  These  arrangements  are  considered  bill-and-hold  transactions.  In  order  to  recognize  revenue  on  the  bill-and-hold 
transactions, the Company ensures the customer has requested the arrangement, the product is identified separately as belonging to the 
customer, the product is ready for shipment to the customer in its current form, and the Company does not have the ability to direct the 
product to a different customer.  A portion of the transaction price is not allocated to the custodial services due to the immaterial value 
assigned  to  that  performance  obligation.  Revenue  and  related  costs  are  recognized  when  title  passes  and  risk  of  loss  passes  to  our 
customers which generally occurs upon shipment depending upon the terms of the contract.  Under certain contracts with our customers 
title passes to the customers when the units are completed. The units are segregated from our inventory and identified as belonging to 
the customer, the customer is notified that the units are complete and awaiting pick up or delivery as specified by the customer before 
income is recognized. Additionally, the customer is requested to sign an “Invoice Authorization Form” which acknowledges the contract 
terms and acknowledges that the customer has economic ownership and control over the unit. It also acknowledges that we are going to 
invoice the unit per terms of the contract. The Company insures any custodial risk that it may retain. 

Payment  terms  offered  to  customers  are  defined  in  contracts  and  purchase  orders  and  do  not  include  a  significant  financing 
component.  At times, the Company may offer discounts which are considered variable consideration however, the Company applies 
the constraint guidance when determining the transaction price to be allocated to the performance obligations. 

Interest Rate Swap Contracts. The Company enters into derivative instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate risk related to 
certain foreign term loans. Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date the contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in current earnings immediately 
unless  the  derivative  is  designated  and  effective  as  a  hedging  instrument,  in  which  case  the  effective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  is 
recognized and is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods 
during which the hedging instrument affects earnings (date of sale). As part of the acquisition of PM Group, which was  acquired on 
January 15, 2015, the Company acquired interest rate swap contracts, which manage the exposure to interest rate risk related to term 
loans with certain financial institutions in Italy. These contracts have been determined not to be hedge instruments under ASC 815-10. 
Further details of derivative financial instruments are disclosed in Notes 6 and 7 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. Accounts Receivable is reduced by an allowance for amounts that may become uncollectible in the 
future.  The Company’s  estimate  for the allowance  for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables includes  evaluation  of specific 
accounts where we have information that the customer may have an inability to meet its financial obligations. 

32 

 
 
Guarantees. The Company has issued partial residual guarantees to financial institutions related to a customer financing of equipment 
purchased by the  customer.   The Company must assess the probability  of losses if the  fair market value is less than the guaranteed 
residual value.  

A residual value guarantee involves a guarantee that a piece of equipment will have a minimum fair market value at a future date. The 
Company will record a liability for the estimated fair value of guarantees  issued pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board 
(“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 460, “Guarantees” (“ASC 460”). We recognize a loss under a guarantee when 
the obligation to make payment under the guarantee is probable and the amount of the loss can be estimated. If the expected equipment 
value is less than its guaranteed residual value, the Company would recognize a liability for the amount of the short-fall up to the amount 
of its partial guarantee. The Company is not responsible for any short-fall in excess of its partial guarantee.   

Inventories and Related Reserve for Obsolete and Excess Inventory. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value 
and are reduced by a reserve for excess and obsolete inventories. The estimated reserve is based upon specific identification of excess 
or obsolete inventories. 

Other Intangible Assets. The Company accounts for Other Intangible Assets under the guidance of ASC 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill 
and Other”. The Company capitalizes certain costs related to patent technology. Additionally, a substantial portion of the purchase price 
related  to  the  Company’s  acquisitions  has  been  assigned  to  patents  or  unpatented  technology,  trade  name,  customer  backlog,  and 
customer relationships. Under the guidance, Other Intangible Assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. 
Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested annually for impairment. 

Goodwill. Goodwill, representing the difference between the total purchase price and the fair value of assets (tangible and intangible) and 
liabilities at the date of acquisition, is reviewed for impairment annually, and more frequently as circumstances warrant, and written down 
only in the period in which the recorded value of such assets exceed their fair value. The Company does not amortize goodwill in accordance 
with Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill and 
Other” (“ASC 350”). The Company selected October 1 as the date for the required annual impairment test. In 2018, due to a triggering 
event, the valuation analysis was performed at December 31, 2018. 

For 2018, the Company evaluated goodwill using the quantitative step one approach. In 2018, goodwill is tested for impairment at the 
reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or a component of an operating segment that constitutes a business for 
which discrete financial information with similar economic characteristics is available and operating results are regularly reviewed by 
our  chief  operating decision maker. For 2018, we have  five  operating segments: Manitex, Badger,  PM/Valla, Sabre and C&M. All 
operating segments are comprised of one reporting segment. Only Manitex, PM/Valla and Sabre are tested for goodwill impairment as 
Badger and C&M have no goodwill. In 2018, goodwill was impaired at our PM/Valla operating segment of $3,192.  

For 2017, goodwill was tested at the fully consolidated level excluding discontinued operations, as the Company  was operating in a 
single operating segment.  For 2016, goodwill was tested at the three previously reported segment levels that were in effect at that time, 
i.e., Lifting Equipment, Equipment Distribution and ASV.   

Under ASC350, entities are provided with the option of first performing a qualitative assessment on none, some, or all of its reporting 
units to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If after completing 
a qualitative analysis, it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value a 
quantitative analysis is required. 

For 2017 and 2016 the Company evaluated its consolidated goodwill using the quantitative two step approach. The first step used to 
identify potential impairment involves comparing the reporting unit’s estimated  fair  value to its carrying  value, including goodwill. 
During the first step testing, the Company evaluates goodwill for impairment using a business valuation method, which is calculated as 
of a measurement date by determining the present value of debt-free, after-tax projected future cash flows, discounted at the weighted 
average  cost of capital  of a hypothetical third-party buyer.  The market approach was also considered in evaluating the potential for 
impairment by calculating fair value based on multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of 
comparable, publicly traded companies.  The Company also  observed implied EBITDA multiples  from relatively recent  merger and 
acquisition activity in the industry, which was used to test the reasonableness of the results. 

33 

 
 
 
The second step of the process involves the calculation of an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which step one 
indicated  impairment. The  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  is  determined  by  measuring  the  excess  of  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the 
reporting unit over the estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles  as if the reporting unit was 
being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the 
reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the 
goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying value of goodwill assigned 
to a reporting unit and the subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted. 

For  2017,  the  first  step  did  not  indicate  any  impairment  of  goodwill,  for  2016,  the  second  step  was  necessary  for  the  Equipment 
Distribution  segment.  This  further  analysis  indicated  that  the  Equipment  Distribution  segment  goodwill  was  impaired  and  a  $275 
impairment charge was recognized in 2016 to fully write off the Equipment Distribution segment’s goodwill.  

The determination of fair value requires the Company to make significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions 
primarily include, but are not limited to, revenue growth and operating earnings projections, discount rates, terminal growth rates, and 
required capital expenditure projections.  Our projections make certain assumptions including expanding PM market share in North 
America, a normalization of energy markets over time and a continued expansion of dealer networks.  If our progress in meeting these 
and other assumptions is slower or different than what was anticipated, it may impact our ability to meet the projections.  Due to the 
inherent uncertainty involved in making these estimates, actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Deterioration in the 
market or actual results as compared with the projections (including not meeting near term projections) may result in impairment in the 
near term. In the event the Company determines that goodwill is impaired in the future the Company would need to recognize a  non-
cash impairment charge.  

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. The Company’s policy is to assess the realizability of its long-lived assets, including intangible assets, 
and to evaluate such assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets 
(or group of assets) may not be recoverable. Impairment is determined to exist if the estimated future undiscounted cash flows are less 
than the carrying value. Future cash flow projections include assumptions for future sales levels, the impact of cost reduction programs, 
and the level of working capital needed to support each business. The amount of any impairment then recognized would be calculated 
as  the  difference  between  the  estimated  fair  value  and  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset. The  Company  recognized  $5,736  in  net 
impairments related to goodwill and trademarks for the year ended December 31, 2018 but did not have any impairment for the years 
ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. 

Warranty  Expense.  The  Company  establishes  reserves  for  future  warranty  expense  at  the  point  when  revenue  is  recognized  by  the 
Company and is based on a percentage of revenues. The provision for estimated warranty claims, which is included in cost of sales, is 
based on sales. 

Retirement Benefit Costs and Termination Benefits. Payments to defined  contribution retirement benefit plans are  recognized as an 
expense when employees have rendered service entitling them to the contributions. For defined benefit retirement benefit plans, the cost 
of providing benefits is determined using the projected unit credit method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at the end of each 
annual  reporting  period.  Remeasurement,  comprising  actuarial  gains  and  losses,  the  effect  of  the  changes  to  the  asset  ceiling  (if 
applicable) and the return on plan assets (excluding interest), is reflected immediately in the statement of financial position with a charge 
or  credit  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  in  the  period  in  which  they  occur.  Remeasurement  recognized  in  other 
comprehensive income is reflected immediately in retained earnings and will not be reclassified to profit or loss. Past service cost is 
recognized in profit or loss in the period of a plan amendment. Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate at the beginning 
of the period to the net defined benefit liability or asset. Defined benefit costs are categorized as follows: 

 

 

 

service cost (including current service cost, past service cost, as well as gains and losses on curtailments and settlements); 

net interest expense or income; and 

remeasurement. 

The PM Group presents the first two components of defined benefit costs in profit or loss in the line item personnel. Curtailment gains 
and losses are accounted for as past service costs. The retirement benefit obligation recognized in the consolidated statement of financial 
position represents the actual deficit  or surplus in PM Group’s defined benefit plans. Any surplus resulting  from this  calculation is 
limited to the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the plans or reductions in future contributions 
to the plans. A liability for a termination benefit is recognized at the earlier of when the entity can no longer withdraw the offer of the 
termination benefit and when the entity recognizes any related restructuring costs. 

Litigation Claims. In determining whether liabilities should be recorded for pending litigation claims, the Company must assess the 
allegations and the likelihood that it will successfully defend itself. When the Company believes it is probable that it will not prevail in 
a particular matter, it will then make an estimate of the amount of liability based, in part, on the advice of outside legal counsel. 

34 

Income Taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of ASC 740 “Income Taxes,” which requires recognition 
of income taxes based on amounts payable with respect to the current year and the effects of deferred taxes for the expected  future tax 
consequences of events that have been included in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial accounting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as 
well as  for  operating losses and tax  credit  carryforwards using enacted tax  rates  in  effect  for the  year in which the differences are 
expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not a tax benefit will 
not be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some 
portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation 
of  future taxable income prior to the expiration of any net  operating loss carryforwards. See Note 16 to  our Consolidated Financial 
Statements for further details. 

The Jobs Act also establishes global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) provisions that impose a tax on foreign income in excess 
of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. The Company has elected to recognize GILTI as a period cost as incurred, 
therefore there are no deferred taxes recognized for basis differences that are expected to impact the amount of the GILTI inclusion 
upon reversal. 

ASC 740 also prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of 
a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, as well as guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, 
accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company records interest and penalties related to income tax matters in the 
provision for income taxes. 

Comprehensive  Income.  Reporting  “Comprehensive  Income”  requires  reporting  and  displaying  comprehensive  income  and  its 
components.  Comprehensive  income  includes,  in  addition  to  net  earnings,  other  items  that  are  reported  as  direct  adjustments  to 
stockholder’s equity. Currently, the comprehensive income adjustment required for the Company has two components. First is a foreign 
currency translation adjustment, the result of consolidating its foreign subsidiaries. The second component is a derivative instrument 
fair market value adjustment (net of income taxes) related to forward currency contracts designated as a cash flow hedge. 

Business  Combinations.  The  Company  accounts  for  acquisitions  in  accordance  with  guidance  found  in  ASC  805,  Business 
Combinations. The guidance requires consideration given, including contingent consideration, assets acquired and liabilities  assumed 
to  be  valued  at  their  fair  market  values  at  the  acquisition  date.  The  guidance  further  provides  that:  (1) in-process  research  and 
development will be recorded at fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset; (2) acquisition costs will generally be expensed as 
incurred, (3) restructuring costs associated with a business combination will generally be expensed subsequent to the acquisition date; 
and (4) changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the acquisition date generally will affect 
income tax expense. 

ASC 805 requires that any excess of purchase price over fair value of assets acquired, including identifiable intangibles and liabilities 
assumed be recognized as goodwill. In accordance with ASC 805, any excess of fair value of acquired net assets, including identifiable 
intangibles assets, over the acquisition consideration results in a bargain purchase gain. Prior to recording a gain, the acquiring entity 
must reassess whether all acquired assets and assumed liabilities have been identified and recognized and perform re-measurements to 
verify that the consideration paid, assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been properly valued. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance 

Recently Issued Pronouncements – Not Adopted  

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),” (“ASU 2016-02”), which requires lessees to recognize assets 
and liabilities for leases with lease terms of more than 12 months and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. Consistent 
with current U.S. GAAP, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee 
primarily will depend on its classification as a finance or operating lease.  Subsequently, the FASB issued the following standards related 
to  ASU  2016-02:  ASU  2018-01,  “Land  Easement  Practical  Expedient  for  Transition  to  Topic  842,”,  ASU  2018-10,  “Codification 
Improvements to Topic 842, Leases”, ASU 2018-11, “Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements” (“ASU 2018-11”) and ASU 2018-
20, “Narrow-Scope Improvements for Lessors”, which provided additional guidance and clarity to ASU 2016-02 (collectively, the “New 
Lease  Standard”).  The  Company  has  adopted  the  New  Lease  Standard  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2019  under  the  alternative 
transition method permitted by ASU 2018-11. This transition method allows an entity to initially apply the requirements of the New 
Lease  Standard  at  the  adoption  date,  versus  at  the  beginning  of  the  earliest  period  presented,  and  recognize  a  cumulative-effect 
adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The New Lease Standard provides a number of optional 
practical expedients in transition. The Company expects to elect the transition package of practical expedients, the practical expedient 
to not separate lease and non-lease components for all of its leases, and the short-term lease recognition exemption for all of its leases 
that qualify for it. The Company has estimated additions of $3,245 for right of use assets and $3,263 for liabilities to be reflected in the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2019.  

35 

 
 
 
In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification 
of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” (“ASU 2018-2”). ASU 2018-02 allows a reclassification from 
accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from H.R. 1 “An Act to provide for 
reconciliation pursuant to titles II and V of the concurrent resolution on the budget for fiscal year 2018” (commonly known as “Tax 
Cuts and Jobs Act”). The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. The Company is evaluating the impact that adoption 
of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 outlines a 
new, single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes 
most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. This new revenue recognition model provides a five-
step analysis in determining when and how revenue is recognized. The new model will require revenue recognition to depict the transfer 
of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration a company expects to receive in  exchange for 
those goods or services. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, “Deferral of the Effective Date”, which amends ASU 2014-
09.  As a result, the effective date is the first quarter of 2018, with early adoption permitted.  The Company adopted this guidance during 
the quarter ended March 31, 2018 on a modified retrospective basis. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on 
the operating results when adopted.  

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, "Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of 
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities." The amendments in ASU 2016-01, among other things, require equity investments (except those 
accounted for under the equity method of accounting, or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair value with 
changes in fair value recognized in net income; requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring fair value of 
financial instruments for disclosure purposes; requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement 
category and form of financial asset (i.e., securities or loans and receivables); and eliminates the requirement for public business entities to 
disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate fair value that is required to be disclosed for financial instruments 
measured at amortized cost. The effective date is the first quarter of fiscal year 2018.  The Company adopted this guidance during the 
quarter ended March 31, 2018. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the operating results when adopted.  

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-08,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606)  Principal  versus  Agent 
Considerations  (Reporting  Revenue  Gross  versus  Net),”  (“ASU  2016-08”).  ASU  2016-08  further  clarifies  principal  and  agent 
relationships within ASU 2014-09. Similar to ASU 2014-09, the effective date is the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 with early adoption 
permitted in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017.  The Company adopted this guidance during the quarter ended March 31, 2018 on a 
modified retrospective basis. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the operating results when adopted.  

In  April  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-10,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606),  Identifying  Performance 
Obligations and Licensing” (“ASU 2016-10”).  The amendments in ASU 2016-10 are expected to reduce the cost and complexity of 
applying  the  guidance  on  identifying  promised  goods  or  services  in  contracts  with  customers  and  to  improve  the  operability  and 
understandability  of  licensing  implementation  guidance  related  to  the  entity's  intellectual  property.   Similar  to  ASU  2014-09,  the 
effective date is the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 with early adoption permitted in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017. The Company 
adopted this guidance during the quarter ended March 31, 2018 on a modified retrospective basis. The adoption of this guidance did not 
have a significant impact on the operating results when adopted.  

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and 
Cash Payments,” (“ASU 2016-15”).  ASU 2016-15 reduces the existing diversity in practice in financial reporting by clarifying existing 
principles in ASC 230, “Statement  of Cash Flows,” and provides specific guidance  on  certain  cash  flow classification issues.   The 
effective date for ASU 2016-15 is the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 with early adoption permitted. The Company made an election to 
use the “Cumulative Earning Approach” to  classify distributions received  from  equity investments.  Other than the aforementioned 
election (which may have a future impact), the adoption of this guidance during the quarter ended March 31, 2018, did not have an 
impact on the Company’s Statement of Cash Flows. 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, “Income Taxes (Topic 740) - Intra-Entity Transfer of Assets Other than Inventory,” 
(“ASU 2016-16”).  ASU 2016-16 requires recognition of current and deferred income taxes resulting from an intra-entity transfer of 
any asset (excluding inventory) when the transfer occurs. This is a change from existing GAAP which prohibits recognition of current 
and deferred income taxes until the asset is sold to a third party.  The effective date for ASU 2016-16 is the first quarter of fiscal year 
2018 with early adoption permitted.  The Company adopted this guidance during the quarter ended March 31, 2018.  The adoption of 
this guidance did not have a significant impact on the operating results when adopted. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) - Restricted Cash,” (“ASU 2016-18”). ASU 
2016-18 requires a statement of cash flows to explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts 
generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash 
equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts 
shown on the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted ASU 2016-18 on January 1, 2018. Adoption did not have a material effect 
on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business,” (“ASU 
2017-01”). ASU 2017-01 provides guidance in ascertaining whether a collection of assets and activities is considered a business. The 
effective date  is the  first quarter  of  fiscal  year 2018, with prospective application.   The Company adopted this guidance during the 
quarter ended March 31, 2018. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the operating results when adopted. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill 
Impairment,” (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Instead, an entity should perform 
its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should 
recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, if any. The loss 
recognized  should  not  exceed  the  total  amount  of  goodwill  allocated  to  that  reporting  unit.  Additionally,  an  entity  should  consider 
income  tax  effects  from  any  tax-deductible  goodwill  on  the  carrying  amount  of  the  reporting  unit  when  measuring  the  goodwill 
impairment. The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2020, with early adoption permitted in 2017. The Company adopted 
the guidance for the year ended December 31, 2018.  

Except as noted above, the guidance issued by the  FASB  is not  expected to have a  material effect  on the Company’s  consolidated 
financial statements. 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

The Company is exposed to certain market risks that exist as part of our ongoing business operations and the Company uses derivative 
financial instruments, where appropriate, to manage our foreign exchange risks. As a matter of policy, the Company does not engage in 
trading or speculative transactions. For further information on accounting policies related to derivative financial instruments, refer to 
Note 7 - “Derivative Financial Instruments” in our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Foreign Exchange Risk 

The Company is exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency cash flows related to third-party purchases and sales, intercompany product 
shipments  and  intercompany  loans.  The  Company  is  also  exposed  to  fluctuations  in  the  value  of  foreign  currency  investments  in 
subsidiaries  and  cash  flows  related  to  repatriation  of  these  investments.  Additionally,  the  Company  is  exposed  to  volatility  in  the 
translation  of  foreign  currency  earnings  to  U.S.  Dollars.  Primary  exposures  include  the  U.S. Dollar  when  compared  to  functional 
currencies of our major foreign subsidiaries, primarily the Euro. The Company assesses foreign currency risk based on transactional 
cash  flows,  identifies  naturally  offsetting  positions  and  purchases  hedging  instruments  to  partially  offset  anticipated  exposures.  At 
December 31, 2018, the Company had no outstanding foreign currency exchange contracts being used to hedge future sale that would 
qualify as cash flow hedges.  The Company, however, has foreign currency exchange contract to sell  2.0 billion Chilean pesos.  This 
contract is intended to hedge an intercompany receivable that PM has from its Chilean subsidiary.   This forward currency exchange 
contract has been determined not to be considered a hedge under ASC 815-10, as such aggregate changes in the translation effect of 
foreign  currency  exchange  rate  changes  would  have  on  our  operating  income.  At  December 31,  2018,  the  Company  performed  a 
sensitivity analysis on the effect that exchange rate changes would have on the Company. Based on this sensitivity analysis,  we have 
determined that a change in the value of the U.S. Dollar relative to currencies outside the U.S. by 10% to amounts already incorporated 
in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 would have $0.3 million impact on the translation effect of foreign 
currency exchange rate changes already included in our reported operating income for the period. 

Interest Rate Risk 

The Company is exposed to interest rate volatility with regard to future issuances of fixed rate debt and existing issuances  of variable 
rate debt. Primary exposure includes movements in the U.S.  prime  rate and EURIBOR.  At December 31, 2018, the  Company had 
approximately $67.8 million of variable interest debt with average weighted average interest rate at year end of approximately 3.84%. 
PM subsidiary had interest rate swaps on €0.002 million of its debt. The fair value of the interest rate swaps, which represents the cost 
to settle these arrangements at December 31, 2018 was approximately $0.002 million.  At December 31, 2018, the Company performed 
a  sensitivity  analysis  to  determine  the  impact  of  an  increase  in  interest  rates.  Based  on  this  sensitivity  analysis,  the  Company  has 
determined that an increase  of 10% in  our average  floating interest rates at December 31, 2018 would increase interest expense by 
approximately $0.3 million. 

37 

 
 
Commodities Risk 

Principal materials and components that the Company uses in our various manufacturing processes include steel, castings, engines, tires, 
hydraulics, cylinders, drive trains, electric controls and motors, and a variety of other commodities and fabricated or manufactured items. 
Extreme movements in the cost and availability of these materials and components may affect the Company’s financial performance. 
Changes to input costs did not have a significant effect on the Company’s operating performance in 2018. During 2018, raw materials 
and components were generally available to meet our production schedules and had no significant impact on 2018 revenues. 

In the absence of labor strikes or other unusual circumstances, substantially all materials and components are normally available from 
multiple suppliers. However, certain businesses receive materials and components from a single source supplier, although alternative 
suppliers of such materials may be generally available. Current and potential suppliers are evaluated on a regular basis on their ability 
to meet our requirements and standards. The Company actively manages our material supply sourcing, and may employ various methods 
to  limit  risk  associated  with  commodity  cost  fluctuations  and  availability.  The  inability  of  suppliers,  especially  any  single  source 
suppliers for a particular business, to deliver materials and components promptly could result in production delays and increased costs 
to  manufacture  the  Company’s  products.  To  mitigate  the  impact  of  these  risks,  the  Company  continues  to  search  for  acceptable 
alternative supply sources and less expensive supply options on a regular basis, including improving the globalization. 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements are 
filed pursuant to this Item 8 and are included in this report. See the Index to Financial Statements. 

38 

 
 
 
 
The financial statements of the registrant required to be included in Item 8 are listed below: 

Index to Financial Statements 

Page 
Reference 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms ......................................................................................................  

40 

Consolidated Financial Statements: 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 ................................................................................................   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 .............................................   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 .............................   

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 ...................................   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 ............................................   

44 

45 

46 

47 

48 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .................................................................................................................................   

49-90 

39 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Manitex International, Inc. 

Opinion on the financial statements  
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Manitex International, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 
December 31, 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the 
year ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial 
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018, and the results of its 
operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in the 2013  Internal 
Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and 
our report dated March 15, 2019 expressed an adverse opinion. 

Basis for opinion  
These  financial statements are the responsibility  of the Company’s management. Our  responsibility is to  express an opinion on the 
Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be 
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of 
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.  

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our 
audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or 
fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting 
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit 
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018. 

Chicago, Illinois 
March 15, 2019 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Manitex International, Inc. 

Opinion on internal control over financial reporting 
We have audited the internal control  over  financial reporting of Manitex International, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 
December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in the 2013  Internal Control—Integrated Framework  issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weaknesses 
described in the following paragraphs on the achievement of the objectives of the  control criteria, the Company has not maintained 
effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—
Integrated Framework issued by COSO. 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there 
is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or 
detected on a timely basis. The following material weaknesses have been identified and included in management’s assessment:  

(1)  The Company did not maintain an adequate process for the intake of new contracts, customers and vendors, particularly for 
contracts involving unique transaction structures or unusual obligations on the part of the Company, to ensure that all contracts 
are appropriately reviewed and approved, and the associated financial reporting requirements associated with such contracts 
and  transactions  structures  are  properly  identified  and  complied  with  in  accordance  with  Generally  Accepted  Accounting 
Principles. 

(2)  The Company did not maintain adequate entity-level controls with respect to ensuring adequate supporting documentation for 
journal  entries and review procedures with respect to journal  entries and disbursements that were unusual in nature and of 
significant amounts.   

(3)  The Company did not maintain an adequate review process with respect to the accounting of bill-and-hold transactions and 

ensuring proper revenue recognition.  

(4)  The  Company  did  not  maintain  a  formal  and  consistent  policy  for  establishing  inventory  reserves  for  excess  and  obsolete 

inventory. 

(5)  The Company did not maintain an effective control environment over information technology general  controls, based on the 
criteria established in the COSO framework, to enable identification and mitigation of risks of material accounting errors. 

(6)  The  Company  historically  has  grown  through  acquisition  of  non-public  companies.  In  the  course  of  integrating  these 
companies’ financial reporting methods and systems with those of the Company, the Company has not effectively designed 
and  implemented  effective  internal  control  activities,  based  on  the  criteria  established  in  the  COSO  framework  across  the 
organization.  The Company has identified deficiencies in the principles associated with the control activities component of the 
COSO  framework.    Specifically,  these  control  deficiencies  constitute  material  weaknesses,  either  individually  or  in  the 
aggregate, relating to (i) the Company’s ability to attract, develop, and retain sufficient personnel to perform control activities, 
(ii) selecting and developing control activities that contribute to the mitigation of risks and support achievement of objectives, 
(iii) deploying control activities through consistent policies that establish what is expected and procedures that put policies into 
action, and (iv) holding individuals accountable for their internal control related responsibilities. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), 
the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018.  The  material  weaknesses 
identified above were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2018 consolidated 
financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated March 15, 2019, which expressed an unqualified opinion on those 
financial statements. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basis for opinion 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control 
over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based 
on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company 
in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission 
and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material  respects. 
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such 
other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted a ccounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention 
or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use,  or disposition  of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the 
financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

Other information 

We do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on management’s remediation activities related to prior year material 
weaknesses or management’s remediation plans for the current year material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting.  

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Chicago, Illinois 
March 15, 2019 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and 

Shareholders of Manitex International, Inc. 

Opinion on the Financial Statements  
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of  Manitex International, Inc.  and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of 
December 31, 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), shareholders’ equity, and cash 
flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial 
statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the 
Company as of December 31, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 
2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.   

Basis for Opinion 
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB 
and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are  free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error  or  fraud.  Our audits included performing procedures to  assess the risks of material misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.  Such procedures included examining, 
on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.    Our  audit  also  included 
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation 
of the consolidated financial statements.  We believe that our audits provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.   

We served as the Company’s auditor from 2006 through April 2018. 

/s/ UHY LLP 

Sterling Heights, Michigan 
April 10, 2018 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASSETS 

Current assets 
Cash 
Cash - restricted 
Marketable equity securities 
Trade receivables (net) 
Other receivables 
Inventory (net) 
Prepaid expense and other 
Total current assets 

Total fixed assets, net of accumulated depreciation of $14,826 and $12,921, at December 31, 2018 and 
   2017, respectively 
Intangible assets (net) 
Goodwill 
Equity investment in ASV Holdings, Inc. 
Other long-term assets 
Deferred tax asset 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 

Current liabilities 
Notes payable 
Current portion of capital lease obligations 
Accounts payable 
Accounts payable related parties 
Accrued expenses 
Customer deposits 
Other current liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term liabilities 

Revolving term credit facilities 
Notes payable 
Capital lease obligations 
Convertible note-related party (net) 
Convertible note (net) 
Deferred gain on sale of building 
Deferred tax liability 
Other long-term liabilities 

Total long-term liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies 
Equity 

Preferred Stock—Authorized 150,000 shares, no shares issued or outstanding at 
   December 31, 2018 and 2017 
Common Stock—no par value 25,000,000 shares authorized, 19,645,773 and 16,617,932 shares 
   issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively 
Paid in capital 
Retained deficit 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total equity 

Total liabilities and equity 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

As of December 31, 

2018 

2017 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

22,103       $ 
245      
2,160      
45,448      
2,374      
58,024      
1,639      
131,993      

20,249      
24,773      
36,298      
—      
1,570      
2,366      
217,249       $ 

22,706       $ 
422      
36,896      
1,371      
9,249      
2,310      
—      
72,954      

—      
23,134      
5,061      
7,158      
14,530      
842      
92      
5,474      
56,291      
129,245      

—      

130,260      
2,674      
(41,761 )   
(3,169 )   
88,004      
217,249       $ 

5,014   
352   
—   
46,633   
1,946   
54,360   
2,017   
110,322   

22,038   
31,014   
43,569   
14,931   
1,475   
1,839   
225,188   

29,131   
378   
35,386   
1,331   
10,070   
2,242   
890   
79,428   

12,893   
26,656   
5,483   
7,005   
14,310   
969   
3,384   
4,215   
74,915   
154,343   

—   

97,661   
2,802   
(28,583 ) 
(1,035 ) 
70,845   
225,188   

44 

 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
       
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
Net revenues 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Operating expenses 

Research and development costs 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Impairment of intangibles 

Total operating expenses 

Operating loss 
Other income (expense) 
Interest expense 
Interest income 
Change in fair value of securities held 
Interest expense related to write off of debt issuance costs 
Foreign currency transaction loss 
Other (loss) income 

Total other expense 

Loss before income taxes and loss in non-marketable equity 
   interest from continuing operations 
Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations 
(Loss) income in equity investments, net of taxes 

Loss from continuing operations 

Discontinued operations: (Note 26) 

Loss from operations of discontinued operations (including loss 
   on disposal of $1,302 and $14,418 in 2017 and 2016, 
   respectively) 
Income tax (benefit) expense 
Loss on discontinued operations 

Net loss 

(Income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest 
Loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 
Earnings (loss) Per Share 

Basic 

Loss from continuing operations attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex International, Inc. 
Loss from discontinued operations attributable to shareholders of 
   Manitex International, Inc. 
Loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

Diluted 

Loss from continuing operations attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex International, Inc. 
Loss from discontinued operations attributable to shareholders of 
   Manitex International, Inc. 
Loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

Weighted average common shares outstanding 

Basic 
Diluted 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

For the years ended December 31, 
2017 

2016 

2018 

   $ 

242,107       $ 
198,060         
44,047         

213,112      $ 
176,266      $ 
36,846        

2,839         
35,707         
5,736         
44,282         
(235 )      

(5,508 )      
168         
(5,494 )      
—         
(814 )      
(374 )      
(12,022 )      

(12,257 )      
511         
(409 )      
(13,177 )      

—         
—         
—         
(13,177 )      
—         

2,564        
34,547        
—        
37,111        
(265 )      

(6,498 )      
—        
—        
—        
(1,149 )      
367        
(7,280 )      

(7,545 )      
(118 )      
360        
(7,067 )      

(742 )      
(5 )      
(737 )      
(7,804 )      
(274 )      

173,197   
143,260   
29,937   

2,939   
36,972   
—   
39,911   
(9,974 ) 

(6,390 ) 
—   
—   
(1,439 ) 
(1,115 ) 
915   
(8,029 ) 

(18,003 ) 
(566 ) 
(5,752 ) 
(23,189 ) 

(14,441 ) 
37   
(14,478 ) 
(37,667 ) 
574   

   $ 

(13,177 )    $ 

(8,078 )    $ 

(37,093 ) 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

(0.72 )    $ 

(0.43 )    $ 

—       $ 

(0.06 )    $ 

(0.72 )    $ 

(0.49 )    $ 

(0.72 )    $ 

(0.43 )    $ 

—       $ 

(0.06 )    $ 

(0.72 )    $ 

(0.49 )    $ 

(1.44 ) 

(0.86 ) 

(2.30 ) 

(1.44 ) 

(0.86 ) 

(2.30 ) 

18,409,296         
18,409,296         

16,548,444        
16,548,444        

16,133,284   
16,133,284   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements 

45 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
     
     
          
         
    
     
     
     
     
     
     
          
         
    
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
          
         
    
     
     
     
     
     
     
          
         
    
     
          
         
    
     
          
         
    
     
          
         
    
     
     
 
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 
(In thousands) 

Net loss: 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 

Foreign currency translation adjustments 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income 

Comprehensive (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest 
Total comprehensive loss attributable to shareholders of 
   Manitex International, Inc. 

For the year ended December 31, 
2017 

2016 

2018 

   $ 

(13,177 )    $ 

(7,804 )    $ 

(37,667 ) 

(2,134 )      
(2,134 )      
(15,311 ) 

—        

3,237        
3,237        
(4,567 ) 

(274 )      

1,120   
1,120   
(36,547 ) 
574   

   $ 

(15,311 )    $ 

(4,841 )    $ 

(35,973 ) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements 

46 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
         
         
    
     
     
  
     
    
    
     
 
 
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

Number of common shares outstanding 
Balance at beginning of the year 

Employee 2004 incentive plan grant 
Repurchase to satisfy withholding and cancelled 
Shares issued under ATM program 
Stock issued in connection with asset purchase 
Shares issued to pay rent 
Shares issued to Tadano (see Note 21) 
Shares issued to repay debt 
Balance end of year 

Common Stock 

Balance at beginning of the year 

Employee 2004 incentive plan grant 
Repurchase to satisfy withholding and cancelled 
Shares issued under ATM program 
Shares issued to pay rent 
Shares issued to Tadano 
Shares issued to repay debt 
Balance end of year 

Paid in Capital 

Balance at beginning of the year 

Proportional share of increase in equity investments' paid in capital 
Employee 2004 incentive plan grant 

Balance end of year 

Retained Earnings (deficit) 

Balance (deficit) earnings at beginning of the year 
Net loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

Deficit end of year 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

Deficit at beginning of the year 

(Loss) gain on foreign currency translation 

Deficit end of year 

Equity Attributable to Noncontrolling Interest 

Balance at beginning of the year 

Investment received from noncontrolling interest 
Deconsolidation of ASV 
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest 

Balance end of year 

For the year ended December 31, 
2017 

2016 

2018 

16,617,932        
122,820        
(13,521 )      
—        
—        
—        
2,918,542        
—        
19,645,773        

16,200,294   
124,151   
(22,820 ) 
294,524   
21,783   
—   
—   
—   
16,617,932   

16,072,100   
68,876   
(13,055 ) 
—   
—   
41,948   
—   
30,425   
16,200,294   

97,661      $ 
981        
(125 )      
—        
—        
31,743        
—        
130,260      $ 

2,802      $ 
14        
(142 )      
2,674      $ 

94,324   
925   
(168 ) 
2,426   
154   
—   
—   
97,661   

2,918   
11   
(127 ) 
2,802   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

93,186   
841   
(80 ) 
—   
227   
—   
150   
94,324   

2,630   
—   
288   
2,918   

(28,583 )    $ 

(20,505 ) 

  $ 

16,588   

(13,177 )      
(41,760 )    $ 

(8,078 ) 
(28,583 ) 

(1,035 )    $ 
(2,134 )      
(3,169 )    $ 

—      $ 
—        
—        
—        
—      $ 

(4,272 ) 
3,237   
(1,035 ) 

25,164   
—   
(25,438 ) 
274   
—   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

(37,093 ) 
(20,505 ) 

(5,392 ) 
1,120   
(4,272 ) 

23,288   
2,450   
—   
(574 ) 
25,164   

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements 

47 

 
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
     
         
         
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
         
    
    
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
         
    
    
    
     
    
     
    
     
         
    
    
    
     
    
     
         
    
    
    
     
    
     
         
    
    
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
 
 
Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net loss 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by (used for) operating activities: 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
(In thousands) 

2018 

For the years ended December 31, 
2017 

2016 

   $ 

(13,177 )     $ 

(7,804 ) 

  $ 

(37,667 ) 

Depreciation and amortization 
Changes in allowances for doubtful accounts 
Loss on disposal of assets 
Changes in inventory reserves 
Changes in deferred income taxes 
Amortization of deferred financing cost 
Revaluation of contingent acquisition liability 
Write down of goodwill 
Write down of trademark 
Amortization of debt discount 
Change in value of interest rate swaps 
Loss (income) in equity investments 
Change in value of securities held 
Share-based compensation 
Deferred gain on sale and lease back 
Reserves for uncertain tax provisions 
Loss on sale of discontinued operations 
Rent paid in stock 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable 
(Increase) decrease in inventory 
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses 
Decrease in other assets 
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable 
(Decrease) in accrued expense 
(Decrease) increase in other current liabilities 
(Decrease) increase in other long-term liabilities 
Discontinued operations - cash provided by (used for) operating activities 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Proceeds from the sale of partial interest in equity investment 
Proceeds from the sale of fixed assets 
Purchase of property and equipment 
Investment in intangibles other than goodwill 
Proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations 
Discontinued operations - cash (used for) provided by investing activities 

Net cash provided by investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Repayment of  2015 term loan 
Net proceeds from stock offering 
Payments on revolving term credit facilities 
Borrowings on revolving credit facility 
Net (repayments) borrowings on working capital facilities 
New borrowings—except 2015 term loan 
Note payments 
Bank fees and cost related to new financing 
Shares repurchased for income tax withholding on share-based compensation 
Proceeds from sale and leaseback 
Payments on capital lease obligations 
Discontinued operations - cash used for financing activities 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

   $ 

(See Note 17 for other supplemental cash flow information) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements 

48 

4,989         
10         
4         
2,539         
(1,210 )       
208         
345         
3,192         
2,544         
(85 )       
(3 )       
204         
5,494         
639         
(47 )       
357         
87         
—         

(296 )       
(7,277 )       
373         
(241 )       
2,764         
(277 )       
(875 )       
742         
—         
1,003         

7,000         
8         
(1,196 )       
(21 )       
—         
—         
5,791         

—         
31,942         
(134,993 )       
122,100         
(5,568 )       
7         
(1,922 )       
(50 )       
(124 )       
—         
(378 )       
—         
11,014         
17,808         
(826 )       
5,366         
22,348       $ 

5,107   
20   
90   
1,089   
(1,509 ) 
632   
(346 ) 
—   
—   
446   
(428 ) 
(360 ) 
—   
798   
(9 ) 
49   
1,290   
154   

(11,130 ) 
17,068   
2,641   
99   
(2,619 ) 
(412 ) 
679   
24   
3,508   
9,077   

—   
15   
(1,023 ) 
(65 ) 
12,892   
(84 ) 
11,735   

—   
2,426   
(134,614 ) 
127,550   
3,397   
2,600   
(16,465 ) 
(50 ) 
(168 ) 
896   
(1,381 ) 
(5,058 ) 
(20,867 ) 
(55 ) 
107   
5,314   
5,366   

  $ 

6,636   
(225 ) 
18   
333   
1,178   
1,978   
(915 ) 
275   
—   
528   
(776 ) 
5,752   
—   
1,129   
(124 ) 
54   
14,458   
227   

1,607   
(3,828 ) 
(345 ) 
189   
(4,475 ) 
(1,165 ) 
171   
172   
(3,824 ) 
(18,639 ) 

—   
206   
(1,157 ) 
(97 ) 
19,074   
417   
18,443   

(2,200 ) 
—   
(6,543 ) 
—   
1,828   
12,892   
(6,678 ) 
(1,255 ) 
(80 ) 
4,080   
(510 ) 
(4,941 ) 
(3,407 ) 
(3,603 ) 
2,999   
5,918   
5,314   

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
          
    
    
    
     
          
    
    
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
          
    
    
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
          
    
    
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
          
    
    
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
     
    
  
 
MANITEX INTERNATIONAL INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
(In thousands, except per share data) 

Note 1. Nature of Operations 

The Company  is a leading provider  of  engineered lifting solutions.  The Company  operates in a single  reportable segment  and five 
operating segments.  

The Company designs, manufactures and distributes a diverse group of products that serve different functions and are used in a variety 
of industries. Through its Manitex, Inc. (“Manitex”) subsidiary it markets a comprehensive line of boom trucks, truck cranes  and sign 
cranes.  Manitex’s  boom  trucks  and  crane  products  are  primarily  used  for  industrial  projects,  energy  exploration  and  infrastructure 
development, including, roads, bridges and commercial construction.  

Badger Equipment Company (“Badger”) is a manufacturer of specialized rough terrain cranes and material handling products. Badger 
primarily serves the needs of the construction, municipality and railroad industries. 

PM is a leading Italian manufacturer  of truck mounted hydraulic knuckle boom  cranes and a product  range spanning more than 50 
models.  Through its consolidated subsidiaries, PM has locations in Modena, Italy; Arad, Romania; Chassieu, France; Buenos Aires, 
Argentina; Santiago, Chile; London, UK and Mexico City, Mexico. 

Valla is located in Piacenza, Italy and produces a full range of precision pick and carry industrial cranes using electric, diesel, and hybrid 
power  options.  Its  cranes  offer  wheeled  or  tracked,  and  fixed  or  swing  boom  configurations,  with  special  applications  designed 
specifically to meet the needs of its customers. The product is sold internationally through dealers and into the rental distribution channel.  

Manitex Sabre, Inc., (“Sabre”) which is located in Knox, Indiana, manufactures a comprehensive line of specialized mobile tanks for 
liquid and solid storage and containment solutions with capacities from 8,000 to 21,000 gallons. Its mobile tanks are sold to specialized 
independent tank rental companies and through the Company’s existing dealer network. The tanks are used in a variety of end markets 
such as petrochemical, waste management and oil and gas drilling.   

C&M and C&M Leasing are located in Bridgeview, Illinois.  C&M is a distributor of new and used Manitex branded products as well 
as Terex rough terrain and truck cranes.  C&M also provides repair services in Chicago and supplies repair parts for a wide variety of 
medium to heavy duty construction equipment.  C&M Leasing rents equipment that is manufactured by the Company as well as a limited 
amount of equipment manufactured by third parties.   

Change in Reporting Segments 

In  its  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  filed  on  March  10,  2017,  the  Company  reported  its  operations  in  three  segments:  the  Lifting 
Equipment segment, the ASV segment and the Equipment Distribution segment.  Since 2015, the Company has sought to redefine itself 
strategically and operationally, including through a series of divestitures.  ASV Holdings was reported as a discontinued operation and 
as such was no longer a reporting segment.  

As stated above C&M and C&M Leasing primary business is facilitation of sale of products manufactured by the Company.  Further, 
the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) reviews C&M and C&M Leasing operations only to determine their impact 
on the entire Company. As such, the Company has now concluded that it is not appropriate to reflect C&M and C&M Leasing as a 
separate reportable segment, rather an operating segment. 

Consolidated Variable Interest Entity 

Even though it had no ownership interest in SVW Crane & Equipment Company (together with its wholly owned subsidiary, Rental 
Consulting Service Company, “SVW”), the Company had the power to direct the activities that most significantly impacted SVW’s 
economic performance. Additionally, the Company was the primary beneficiary of the SVW relationship. SVW obtained third party 
financing, which was effectively guaranteed by the Company, on specific  cranes the Company manufactured and remitted the loan  
proceeds to the Company. Other than its business transactions described herein, SVW had no other substantial business operations. The 
Company has determined that SVW is a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) that under current accounting guidance needs to consolidate 
in the Company’s financial results. SVW was consolidated into the Company’s financial results beginning in the first quarter of 2016 
through the fourth quarter of 2017.  By December 31, 2017, SVW had ceased operations and is therefore not a consolidated VIE after 
December 31, 2017. 

49 

  
 
 
 
 
Discontinued Operations 

ASV (as defined below) is located in Grand Rapids, Minnesota manufactures a line of high-quality compact track and skid steer loaders. 
The products are used in site clearing, general construction, forestry, golf course maintenance and landscaping industries, with general 
construction being the largest.  ASV’s financial results are included in the Company’s consolidated results beginning on December 20, 
2014.   

Prior to the quarter ended June 30, 2017, the Company owned a 51% interest in ASV Holdings, Inc., which was formerly known as 
A.S.V., LLC (“ASV” or “ASV Holdings”).  On May 11, 2017, in anticipation of an initial public offering, ASV converted from an LLC 
to  a  C-Corporation  and  the  Company’s  51%  interest  was  converted  to  4,080,000  common  shares  of  ASV.    On  May  17,  2017,  in 
connection  with  its  initial  public  offering,  ASV  sold  1,800,000  of  its  own  shares  and  the  Company  sold  2,000,000  shares  of  ASV 
common stock and reduced its investment in ASV to a 21.2% interest. ASV was deconsolidated and was recorded as an equity investment 
starting with the quarter ended June 30, 2017.  Periods ending before June 30, 2017 reflect ASV as a discontinued operation. In February 
2018,  the  Company  sold  an  additional  1,000,000  shares  of  ASV  that  it  held  which  reduced  the  Company’s  investment  in  ASV  to 
approximately 11.0%.  The Company ceased accounting for its investment in ASV under the equity method and now accounts for its 
investment as a marketable equity security.  Financial information (related to periods before June 2017) included in this 10-K reflect 
ASV Holdings as a discontinued operation.  

CVS Ferrari, srl (“CVS”) designed and manufactured a range of reach stackers and associated lifting equipment for the global container 
handling market.  CVS was sold on December 22, 2016 and is presented as a discontinued operation. 

Manitex  Liftking ULC (“Manitex  Liftking”  or “Liftking”) sold a complete line of rough terrain  forklifts, a line  of stand-up electric 
forklifts, cushioned tiered forklifts with lifting capacities from 18 thousand to 40 thousand pounds and special mission-oriented vehicles, 
as well as other specialized carriers, heavy material handling transporters and steel mill equipment. Liftking was sold on September 30, 
2016, and is presented as a discontinued operation.      

Note 2. Basis of Presentation 

The consolidated financial statements, included herein, have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the 
United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Pursuant to these rules and regulations, the financial statements are prepared in 
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company owned 25% of Lift Ventures 
LLC (“Lift Ventures”) and accounted for it as an unconsolidated equity investment. The investment was determined to be completely 
impaired in 2016 and a charge of $5,647 shown on the Statement of Operations line titled “equity investments, net of tax” was taken to 
write the investment down to zero. See Note 27, Impairment of Lift Venture Investment, for additional details. The financial statements 
for all periods presented classify Liftking, CVS and ASV as discontinued operations.   

Financial statements are presented in thousands of dollars except for per share amounts. 

Note 3. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

The summary of significant accounting policies of Manitex International, Inc. is presented to assist in understanding the Company’s 
financial statements. The financial statements and notes are representations of the Company’s management who is responsible for their 
integrity and objectivity. These accounting policies conform to generally accepted accounting principles and have been consistently 
applied in the preparation of the financial statements. 

Principals  of  Consolidation—The  Company  consolidates  all  entities  that  we  control  by  ownership  of  a  majority  voting  interest. 
Additionally, there are situations in which consolidation is required even though the usual condition of consolidation (ownership of a 
majority voting interest) does not apply. Generally, this occurs when an entity holds an interest in another business enterprise that was 
achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests, which results in a disproportionate relationship between such entity's 
voting interests in, and its exposure to the economic risks and potential rewards of, the other business enterprise. This disproportionate 
relationship results in what is known as a variable interest, and the entity in which we had this interest is referred to as a Variable Interest 
Entity  (“VIE”).    An  enterprise  must  consolidate  a  VIE  if  it  is  determined  to  be  the  primary  beneficiary  of  the  VIE.  The  primary 
beneficiary had both (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity's economic performance, 
and (2) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that would potentially be significant to the VIE. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Although the Company did not have an ownership interest in S.V.W. Equipment Crane Company and its wholly  owned subsidiary 
Rental Consulting Services Corporation (collectively “SVW”), the Company had the power to direct the activities of SVW that most 
significantly impacted its economic performance and is absorbing the losses.  As such, the Company had determined that SVW was a 
VIE that required consolidation.  SVW had obtained financing and had remitted the proceeds to the Company using inventory (cranes) 
owned by the Company as collateral.  The finance companies that held the loans had a perfected security interest in the inventory and 
therefore had recourse against this specific inventory.   Furthermore, the debt taken on by the SVW was effectively guaranteed by the 
Company pursuant to certain related agreements. By December 31, 2017, SVW ceased operations and is not a consolidated VIE after 
December 31, 2017. 

The Company eliminated from the Company’s financial results all significant intercompany transactions, including the intercompany 
transactions with consolidated VIEs.    

Cash and Cash Equivalents —For purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Company considers all short-term securities purchased 
with maturity dates of three months or less to be cash equivalents. 

Restricted Cash—Certain of the Company’s lending arrangements require the Company to post collateral or maintain minimum cash 
balances in escrow. These cash amounts are reported as current assets on the balance sheets based on when the cash will be contractually 
released. Total restricted cash was $245 and $352 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Revenue  Recognition  —Revenue  is  recognized  when  obligations  under  the  terms  of  the  contract  with  our  customer  are  satisfied; 
generally, this occurs with the transfer of control of our equipment, parts or installation services (typically completed within one day), 
which occurs at a point in time.  Equipment can be redirected during the manufacturing phase such that over time revenue recognition 
is not appropriate.  Revenue is measured as the amount of  consideration we expect to receive in exchange  for transferring  goods or 
providing services.  Our contracts are non-cancellable and returns are only allowed in limited instances through Crane & Machinery, 
Inc.  Sales, value add, and other taxes we collect concurrent with revenue-producing activities are excluded from revenue. The expected 
costs associated with  our base warranties continue to be recognized as expense when the products are sold and do not constitute a 
separate performance obligation.   

For instances where equipment and installation services are sold together, the Company accounts for the equipment and installation 
services separately.  The consideration (including any discounts) is allocated between the equipment and installation services based on 
their stand-alone selling prices. The stand-alone selling prices are determined based on the prices at which the Company separately sells 
the equipment.  

In some instances, the Company fulfills its obligations and bills the customer for the work performed but does not ship the goods until 
a  later  date.  These  arrangements  are  considered  bill-and-hold  transactions.  In  order  to  recognize  revenue  on  the  bill-and-hold 
transactions, the Company ensures the customer has requested the arrangement, the product is identified separately as belonging to the 
customer, the product is ready for shipment to the customer in its current form, and the Company does not have the ability to direct the 
product to a different customer.  A portion of the transaction price is not allocated to the custodial services due to the immaterial value 
assigned to that performance obligation. 

Payment  terms  offered  to  customers  are  defined  in  contracts  and  purchase  orders  and  do  not  include  a  significant  financing 
component.  At times, the Company may offer discounts which are considered variable consideration however, the Company applies 
the constraint guidance when determining the transaction price to be allocated to the performance obligations. 

Investment—Equity Method of Accounting — Beginning with the quarter ended June 30, 2017, the Company accounted for its 21.2% 
investment in ASV under the equity method of accounting.  Under the equity method, the Company’s share of the net income (loss) of 
ASV was recognized as income (loss) in the Company’s statement of operations and added to the investment account, and dividends 
received from ASV were treated as a reduction of the investment account. The Company reports ASV’s earnings on a one quarter lag 
as ASV may not report earnings in time to be included in the Company’s financial statements for any given reporting period.   

On May 17, 2017 (the date ASV became an equity investment), the Company’s investment in ASV exceeded the proportional share of 
ASV’s net assets. Under current applicable guidance, assets and liabilities of the investee (ASV) were valued at fair market value on the 
date of the investment.   The Company’s investment, however, was not adjusted for the difference between the Company’s proportional 
share of the net assets and the fair value of the assets that existed on the date that the investment was made.   The differences were 
accounted for on a memo basis.  The differences can be either of temporary nature or permanent differences.  Adjustment to inventory 
and identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are temporary differences.  Fair market adjustments to land and goodwill are examples 
of  permanent  differences.    Differences  related  to  temporary  items  are  amortized  over  their  lives.    Earnings  recognized  are  the 
proportional share of investee’s income for the period adjusted for reversal of any timing differences or additional amortization related 
to the memo fair market adjustments of identifiable intangible assets that have finite lives.   

51 

 
  
Between February 26 and 28, 2018, the Company sold 1,000,000 shares of ASV stock reducing the Company’s investment in ASV to 
approximately 11.0%. See Notes 11 and 26. During the quarter ended March 31, 2018, the Company:   

 

 

 

 

Recognized its proportional share of ASV loss for the three months ended December 31, 2017,   

Recorded a loss on the sale of shares, 

Ceased accounting for ASV as an equity investment, and 

Valued its remaining investment in ASV at its current market value. 

In addition, our non-marketable equity investments are investments we have made in privately-held companies accounted for under the 
equity  method.  We  periodically  review  our  non-marketable  equity  investments  for  impairment.  In  September  2016,  the  Company 
determined its investment in Lift Ventures was impaired and has recognized an impairment charge to write off its entire investment in 
Lift Ventures (See Note 27).  There was no impairment related to this investment in prior periods. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts —Accounts receivable are stated at the amounts the Company’s customers are invoiced and do not 
bear  interest.  The  Company  has  adopted  a  policy  consistent  with  U.S.  GAAP  for  the  periodic  review  of  its  accounts  receivable  to 
determine whether the establishment of an allowance for doubtful accounts is warranted based on the Company’s assessment of the 
collectability of the accounts. The Company established an allowance for bad debt of $37 and $82 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, 
respectively. The Company also has in some instances a security interest in its accounts receivable until payment is received. 

Guarantees — The Company has issued partial residual guarantees to financial institutions related to a customer financing of equipment 
purchases by the  customer.   The Company must assess the probability  of losses if the  fair market  value is less than the guaranteed 
residual value.  

A residual value guarantee involves a guarantee that a piece of equipment will have a minimum fair market value at a future date. The 
Company will record a liability for the estimated fair value of guarantees issued pursuant to Financial  Accounting Standards Board 
(“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 460, “Guarantees” (“ASC 460”). We recognize a loss under a guarantee when 
the obligation to make payment under the guarantee is probable and the amount of the loss can be estimated. If the expected equipment 
value is less than its guaranteed residual value, the Company would recognize a liability for the amount of the short-fall up to the amount 
of its partial guarantee. The Company is not responsible for any short-fall in excess of its partial guarantee.   

Property, Equipment and Depreciation —Property and equipment are stated at cost or the fair market value at date of acquisition for 
property and equipment acquired in connection with the acquisition of a company. Depreciation of property and equipment is provided 
over the following remaining useful lives: 

Asset Category 
Buildings 
Machinery and equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Leasehold improvements 
Motor Vehicles 
Computer software 

   Depreciable Life 
   10 –32 years 
   1 – 10 years 
1 – 9 years 
   1 – 11 years 
2 – 4 years 
3 – 5 years 

Expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures 
for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 
2016 was $2,220, $2,380 and $2,846, respectively.  

Other Intangible Assets —The Company accounts for Other Intangible Assets under the guidance of ASC 350, “Intangibles—Goodwill 
and Other”. The Company capitalizes certain costs related to patent technology. Additionally, a substantial portion of the purchase price 
related  to  the  Company’s  acquisitions  has  been  assigned  to  patents  or  unpatented  technology,  trade  name,  customer  backlog,  and 
customer relationships. Under the guidance, Other Intangible Assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. 
Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested annually for impairment. For the year ended December 31, 2018 there was impairment 
of $2,544 related to an indefinite lived trademark. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, there was no impairment.  

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
Goodwill — Goodwill, representing the difference between the total purchase price and the fair value of assets (tangible and intangible) 
and liabilities at the date of acquisition, is reviewed for impairment annually, and more frequently as circumstances warrant, and written 
down only in the period in which the recorded value of such assets exceed their fair value. The Company does not amortize goodwill in 
accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350, “Intangibles—
Goodwill and Other” (“ASC 350”). The Company selected October 1 as the date for the required annual impairment test. In 2018, due to a 
triggering event, the valuation analysis was performed at December 31, 2018. 

For 2018, the Company evaluated goodwill using the quantitative step one approach. In 2018, goodwill is tested for impairment at the 
reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or a component of an operating segment that constitutes a business for 
which discrete financial information with similar economic characteristics is available and operating results are regularly reviewed by 
our  chief  operating decision maker. For 2018, we have  five  operating segments: Manitex, Badger,  PM/Valla, Sabre and C&M. All 
operating segments are comprised of one reporting unit. Only Manitex, PM/Valla and Sabre  were tested for goodwill impairment as 
Badger and C&M have no goodwill. In 2018, the Company had net impairment of $3,192 million at our PM/Valla operating segment.  

For 2017, goodwill was tested at the fully consolidated level excluding discontinued operations, as the Company  was operating in a 
single operating segment.  For 2016, goodwill was tested at the three previously reported segment levels that were in effect at that time, 
i.e., Lifting Equipment, Equipment Distribution and ASV.   

Under ASC350, entities are provided with the option of first performing a qualitative assessment on none, some, or all of its reporting 
units to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If after completing 
a qualitative analysis, it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value a 
quantitative analysis is required. 

For 2017 and 2016, the Company evaluated its consolidated goodwill using the quantitative two step approach. The first step used to 
identify potential impairment involves comparing the reporting unit’s estimated  fair  value to its  carrying  value, including goodwill. 
During the first step testing, the Company evaluates goodwill for impairment using a business valuation method, which is calculated as 
of a measurement date by determining the present value of debt-free, after-tax projected future cash flows, discounted at the weighted 
average  cost  of  capital  of  a  historical  third-party  buyer.  The  market  approach  was  also  considered  in  evaluating  the  potential  for 
impairment by calculating fair value based on multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of 
comparable, publicly traded companies.  The Company also  observed implied EBITDA multiples  from relatively recent  merger and 
acquisition activity in the industry, which was used to test the reasonableness of the results. 

The second step of the process involves the calculation of an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which step one 
indicated  impairment. The  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  is  determined  by  measuring  the  excess  of  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the 
reporting unit over the estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was 
being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the 
reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the 
goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying value of goodwill assigned 
to a reporting unit and the subsequent reversal of goodwill impairment losses is not permitted. 

For  2017,  the  first  step  did  not  indicate  any  impairment  of  goodwill,  for  2016,  the  second  step  was  necessary  for  the  Equipment 
Distribution  segment.  This  further  analysis  indicated  that  the  Equipment  Distribution  segment  goodwill  was  impaired  and  a  $275 
impairment charge was recognized in 2016 to fully write off the Equipment Distribution segment’s goodwill.  

The determination of fair value requires the Company to make significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions 
primarily include, but are not limited to, revenue growth and operating earnings projections, discount rates, terminal growth rates, and 
required capital expenditure projections.  Our projections make certain assumptions including expanding PM market share in North 
America, a normalization of energy markets over time and a continued expansion of dealer networks.  If our progress in meeting these 
and other assumptions is slower or different than what was anticipated, it may impact our ability to meet the projections.  Due to the 
inherent uncertainty involved in making these estimates, actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Deterioration in the 
market or actual results as compared with the projections (including not meeting near term projections) may result in impairment in the 
near term. In the event the Company determines that goodwill is impaired in the future the Company would need to recognize a non-
cash impairment charge.   

53 

 
  
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets —The Company’s policy is to assess the realizability of its long-lived assets, including intangible 
assets, and to evaluate such assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of 
such assets (or group of assets) may not be recoverable. Impairment is determined to exist if the estimated future undiscounted cash 
flows  are  less  than  the  carrying  value. Future  cash  flow  projections  include  assumptions  for  future  sales  levels,  the  impact  of  cost 
reduction programs, and the level of working capital needed to support each business. The amount of any impairment then recognized 
would be calculated as the difference between estimated fair value and the carrying value of the asset. The Company recognized $2,544 
of  impairment  charges  on  trademark  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2018  but  did  not  have  any  impairment  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2017 and 2016. 

Inventory —Inventory consists of stock materials and equipment stated at the lower of cost (first in, first out) or net realizable value. 
All equipment classified as inventory is available for sale. The company records excess and obsolete inventory reserves. The estimated 
reserve is based upon specific identification of excess or obsolete inventories. Selling, general and administrative expenses are expensed 
as incurred and are not capitalized as a component of inventory. 

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions —The financial statements of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated 
using the current exchange rate for assets and liabilities and the weighted-average exchange rate for the year for income and expense 
items.  Resulting  translation  adjustments  are  recorded  to  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (OCI)  as  a  component  of 
shareholders’ equity. 

The Company converts receivables and payables denominated in other than the Company’s functional currency at the exchange rate as 
of the balance sheet date.  The  resulting transaction exchange  gains or losses,  except  for  certain transaction gains  or loss r elated to 
intercompany receivable and payables, are included in other income and expense. Transaction gains and losses related to intercompany 
receivables and payables not anticipated to be settled in the foreseeable future are excluded from the determination of net income and 
are recorded as a translation adjustment (with consideration to the tax effect) to accumulated other comprehensive income (OCI) as a 
component of shareholders’ equity. 

Derivatives—Forward Currency Exchange Contracts —When the Company enters into forward currency exchange contracts it does 
so in relationship such that the exchange gains and losses on the assets and liabilities that are being hedged which are denominated in 
other than the reporting units’ functional currency would be offset by the changes in the market value of the forward currency exchange 
contracts it holds. The forward currency exchange contracts that the Company has to offset existing assets and liabilities denominated 
in  other  than  the  reporting  units’  functional  currency  have  been  determined  not  to  be  considered  a  hedge  under  ASC  815-10.  The 
Company records at the balance sheet date the forward currency exchange contracts at its market value with any associated gain or loss 
being recorded in current earnings. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses related to forward currency contracts are included in 
current earnings and are reflected in the Statement of Operations in the other income expense section on the line titled foreign currency 
transaction gain (loss). 

The  forward  currency  contracts to hedge  future sales are designated as cash  flow hedges under ASC 815-10. As required,  forward 
currency contracts are recognized as an asset or liability at fair value on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. For derivative 
instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as 
a component  of  other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period  or periods during which  the hedged 
transaction affects earnings (date of sale). Gains or losses on cash flow hedges when recognized into income are included in net revenues. 

Interest Rate Swap Contracts—The Company enters into derivative instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate risk related to 
certain foreign term loans. Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date the contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in current earnings immediately 
unless  the  derivative  is  designated  and  effective  as  a  hedging  instrument,  in  which  case  the  effective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  is 
recognized and is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods 
during which the hedging instrument affects earnings (date  of sale). As part of the acquisition of PM Group, which was acquired on 
January 15, 2015, the Company acquired interest rate swap contracts, which manage the exposure to interest rate risk related to term 
loans with certain financial institutions in Italy. These contracts have been determined not to be hedge instruments under ASC 815-10. 

Credit Risk Concentrations — Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist 
primarily of cash, trade receivables and payables. The Company maintains its cash balances principally at a bank located in Chicago, 
Illinois as well as several separate Italian banks. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had uninsured balances of $22,098 and 
$5,116, respectively. Revenues  for the  year  ended December  31, 2017 included  one  customer, Rush  Truck Center that represented 
approximately 12.0% of total revenue.  No other customer represented more than 10% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 
2017. In 2018 and 2016, no one customer accounted for 10% or more of total company’s revenues.   

54 

    
For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, no customers accounted for 10% or more of total Company’s accounts receivable. 

For 2018, 2017 and 2016 purchases from any single supplier did not exceed 10% of total purchases. 

Research and Development Expenses— The Company expenses research and development costs, as incurred. For the periods ended 
December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 expenses were $2,839, $2,564 and $2,939, respectively. 

Advertising —Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and were $572, $994 and $950 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 
and 2016, respectively. 

Retirement Benefit Costs and Termination Benefits —Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit plans are recognized as an 
expense when employees have rendered service entitling them to the contributions. For defined benefit retirement benefit plans, the cost 
of providing benefits is determined using the projected unit credit method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at the end of each 
annual  reporting  period.  Remeasurement,  comprising  actuarial  gains  and  losses,  the  effect  of  the  changes  to  the  asset  ceiling  (if 
applicable) and the return on plan assets (excluding interest), is reflected immediately in the statement of financial position with a charge 
or  credit  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  in  the  period  in  which  they  occur.  Remeasurement  recognized  in  other 
comprehensive income is reflected immediately in retained earnings and will not be  reclassified to profit or loss. Past service cost is 
recognized in profit or loss in the period of a plan amendment. Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate at the beginning 
of the period to the net defined benefit liability or asset. Defined benefit costs are categorized as follows: 

 

 

 

service cost (including current service cost, past service cost, as well as gains and losses on curtailments and settlements); 

net interest expense or income; and 

remeasurement. 

Curtailment gains and losses are accounted for as past service costs. The retirement benefit obligation recognized in the consolidated 
statement of financial position represents the actual deficit or surplus in PM Group’s defined benefit plans. Any surplus resulting from 
this calculation is limited to the present value of any economic benefits available in the form of refunds from the plans or reductions in 
future contributions to the plans. A liability for a termination benefit is recognized at the earlier of when the entity can no longer withdraw 
the offer of the termination benefit and when the entity recognizes any related restructuring costs. 

Litigation Claims —In determining whether liabilities should be recorded for pending litigation claims, the Company must assess the 
allegations and the likelihood that it will successfully defend itself. When the Company believes it is probable that it will not prevail in 
a particular matter, it will then record an estimate of the amount of liability based, in part, on advice of outside legal counsel. 

Accounting for Marketable Equity Securities— Marketable equity securities are valued at fair market value based on the closing price 
of the stock on the date of the balance sheet.  Gains and loss related fair value adjustments related to marketable equity securities are 
recorded into income each reporting period. 

Shipping and Handling —The Company records the amount of shipping and handling costs billed to customers as revenue. The cost 
incurred for shipping and handling is included in the cost of sales. 

Adoption of Highly Inflationary Accounting in Argentina— GAAP guidance requires the use of highly inflationary accounting for 
countries whose cumulative three-year inflation exceeds 100 percent. In the second quarter of 2018, published inflation indices indicated 
that the three-year cumulative inflation in Argentina exceeded 100 percent, and as of July 1, 2018, we elected to adopt highly inflationary 
accounting for our subsidiary in Argentina (“PM Argentina”). Under highly inflationary accounting, PM Argentina’s functional currency 
became the Euro (its parent company’s reporting currency), and its income statement and balance sheet have been measured in Euros 
using both current and historical rates of exchange. The effect of changes in exchange rates  on peso-denominated monetary assets and 
liabilities  has  been  reflected  in  earnings  in  other  (income)  and  expense,  net  and  was  not  material.    As  of  December  31,  2018,  PM 
Argentina had a small net peso monetary position. Net sales of PM Argentina were less than 5 and 10 percent of our consolidated net 
sales for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States  of  America  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  certain  reported  amounts  and  disclosures. 
Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. 

55 

 
 
Income Taxes — The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of ASC 740 “Income Taxes,” which requires recognition 
of income taxes based on amounts payable with respect to the current year and the effects of deferred taxes for the expected  future tax 
consequences of events that have been included in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial accounting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, as 
well as  for  operating losses and tax  credit  carryforwards using enacted tax  rates  in  effect  for the  year in which the differences are 
expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more-likely-than-not a tax benefit will 
not be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some 
portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation 
of future taxable income prior to the expiration of any net operating loss carryforwards. See Note 16, Income Taxes, for further details. 

The Jobs Act also establishes Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) provisions that impose a tax on foreign income in excess 
of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. The Company has elected to recognize GILTI as a period cost as incurred, 
therefore there are no deferred taxes recognized for basis differences that are expected to impact the amount of  the GILTI inclusion 
upon reversal. 

ASC 740 also prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of 
a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, as well as guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, 
accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company records interest and penalties related to income tax matters in the 
provision for income taxes. 

Accrued Warranties —Warranty costs are accrued at the time revenue is recognized. The Company’s products are typically sold with 
a warranty covering defects that arise during a fixed period of time. The specific warranty offered is a function of customer expectations 
and  competitive  forces.  The  Equipment  Distribution  segment  does  not  accrue  for  warranty  costs  at  the  time  of  sales,  as  they  are 
reimbursed by the manufacturers for any warranty that they provide to their customers. 

A  liability  for  estimated  warranty  claims  is  accrued  at  the  time  of  sale.  The  liability  is  established  using  historical  warranty  claim 
experience. Historical warranty experience is, however, reviewed by management. The current provision may be adjusted to take into 
account unusual or non-recurring events in the past or anticipated changes in future warranty claims. Adjustments to the initial warranty 
accrual are recorded if actual claim experience indicates that adjustments are necessary. Warranty reserves are reviewed to ensure critical 
assumptions are updated for known events that may impact the potential warranty liability. 

Debt Issuance Costs —Debt issuance costs incurred in securing the Company’s financing arrangements are capitalized and amortized 
over the term of the associated debt. Deferred financing costs associated with long-term debt are presented in the balance sheet as direct 
deduction  from  the  carrying  amount  of  that  debt  liability,  consistent  with  debt  discount.    Deferred  financing  costs  associated  with 
revolving lines of credit are included with other long-term assets on the Company’s balance sheet. 

Sale and Leaseback —In accordance with ASC 840-40 Sales-Leaseback  Transactions, the Company has recorded deferred gain in 
relationship to the sale and leaseback of one of the Company’s operating facilities and on certain equipment.   As such, the gains have 
been deferred and are being amortized on a straight- line basis over the life of the leases. 

Computation of EPS —Basic Earnings per Share (“EPS”) was computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number 
of common shares outstanding during the period. 

The number of shares related to options, warrants, restricted stock, convertible debt and similar instruments included in diluted EPS 
(“EPS”) is based on the “Treasury Stock Method” prescribed in ASC 260-10, Earnings per Share. This method assumes theoretical 
repurchase  of  shares  using  proceeds  of  the  respective  stock  option  or  warrant  exercised,  and  for  restricted  stock  the  amount  of 
compensation cost attributed to future services which has not yet been recognized and the amount of current and deferred tax benefit, if 
any, that would be credited to additional paid in capital upon the vesting of the restricted stock, at a price equal to the issuer’s average 
stock price during the related earnings period. Accordingly, the number of shares includable in the calculation of EPS in respect of the 
stock  options, warrants, restricted stock,  convertible debt and  similar instruments is dependent  on this average stock price  and will 
increase as the average stock price increases. 

Stock Based Compensation —In accordance with ASC 718 Compensation-Stock Compensation, share-based payments to employees, 
including grants of restricted stock units, are measured at fair value as of the date of grant and are expensed in the consolidated statement 
of income over the service period (generally the vesting period). 

56 

 
Comprehensive  Income  —  “Reporting  Comprehensive  Income”  requires  reporting  and  displaying  comprehensive  income  and  its 
components.  Comprehensive  income  includes,  in  addition  to  net  earnings,  other  items  that  are  reported  as  direct  adjustments  to 
shareholder’s equity. Currently, the comprehensive income adjustment required for the Company has two components. First is a foreign 
currency translation adjustment, the result of consolidating its foreign subsidiary. The second component is a derivative instrument fair 
market value adjustment (net of income taxes) related to forward currency contracts designated as a cash flow hedge. 

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative 
is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the 
hedged transaction affects earnings (date of sale). See Note 7 for additional details. 

Reclassifications — A reclassification to properly reflect a decrease of both goodwill and deferred tax liabilities of approximately $2.6 
million was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2018 for the year ended December 31, 2017.  

Business  Combinations  —The  Company  accounts  for  acquisitions  in  accordance  with  guidance  found  in  ASC 805,  Business 
Combinations. The guidance requires consideration given, including contingent consideration, assets acquired and liabilities assumed 
to  be  valued  at  their  fair  market  values  at  the  acquisition  date.  The  guidance  further  provides  that:  (1) in-process  research  and 
development will be recorded at fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset; (2) acquisition costs will generally be expensed as 
incurred, (3) restructuring costs associated with a business combination will generally be expensed subsequent to the acquisition date; 
and (4) changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the acquisition date generally will affect 
income tax expense. 

ASC 805 requires that any excess of purchase price over fair value of assets acquired, including identifiable intangibles and liabilities 
assumed be recognized as goodwill. In accordance with ASC 805, any excess of fair value of acquired net assets, including identifiable 
intangibles assets, over the acquisition consideration results in a bargain purchase gain. Prior to recording a gain, the acquiring entity 
must reassess whether all acquired assets and assumed liabilities have been identified and recognized and perform re-measurements to 
verify that the consideration paid, assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been properly valued. 

Note 4. Revenue Recognition 

Revenue is recognized when obligations under the terms of the contract with our customer are satisfied; generally, this occurs with the 
transfer  of  control  of  our equipment, parts  or installation services (typically  completed within  one day), which  occurs at a  point  in 
time.  Equipment can be redirected during the manufacturing phase such that over time revenue recognition is not appropriate.  Revenue 
is measured as the amount of consideration we expect to receive in exchange for transferring goods or providing services.  Our contracts 
are non-cancellable and returns are only allowed in limited instances through Crane & Machinery, Inc.  Sales, value add, and other taxes 
we  collect  concurrent  with  revenue-producing  activities  are  excluded  from  revenue.  The  expected  costs  associated  with  our  base 
warranties continue to be recognized as expense when the products are sold and do not constitute a separate performance obligation.   

For instances where equipment and installation services are sold together, the Company accounts for the equipment and installation 
services separately.  The consideration (including any discounts) is allocated between the equipment and installation services based on 
their stand-alone selling prices. The stand-alone selling prices are determined based on the prices at which the Company separately sells 
the equipment.  

In some instances, the Company fulfills its obligations and bills the customer for the work performed but does not ship the goods until 
a  later  date.  These  arrangements  are  considered  bill-and-hold  transactions.  In  order  to  recognize  revenue  on  the  bill-and-hold 
transactions, the Company ensures the customer has requested the arrangement, the product is identified separately as belonging to the 
customer, the product is ready for shipment to the customer in its current form, and the Company does not have the ability to direct the 
product to a different customer.  A portion of the transaction price is not allocated to the custodial services due to the immaterial value 
assigned to that performance obligation. 

Payment  terms  offered  to  customers  are  defined  in  contracts  and  purchase  orders  and  do  not  include  a  significant  financing 
component.  At times, the Company may offer discounts which are considered variable consideration however, the Company applies 
the constraint guidance when determining the transaction price to be allocated to the performance obligations. 

57 

  
 
The following table disaggregates our sources of revenues for the years indicated (ended December 31): 

Boom trucks, knuckle boom & truck cranes 
Rough terrain cranes 
Mobile tanks 
Installation services 
Other equipment 
Part sales 

Total Revenue 

Equipment sales 
Part sales 
Installation services 
Total Revenue 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

2018 

175,895   
7,384   
11,413   
4,134   
14,547   
28,734   
242,107   

2018 

209,239   
28,734   
4,134   
242,107   

58 

 
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
       
  
  
  
  
     
     
 
The Company attributes revenue to different geographic areas based on where items are shipped to  or services are performed.  The 
following table provides details of revenues by geographic area for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  

2018 

2017 

2016 

United States 
Canada 
Italy 
France 
Other 
Chile 
Argentina 
United Kingdom 
Spain 
Germany 
Finland 
Czech Republic 
Netherlands 
Mexico 
Peru 
Malaysia 
Qatar 
United Arab Emirates 
Israel 
Hong Kong 
Indonesia 
Denmark 
Ukraine 
Ireland 
Romania 
Martinique 
Kuwait 
South Africa 
Turkey 
Singapore 
Saudi Arabia 
Morocco 
Russia 
Bahrain 
Thailand 
Australia 
Uzbekistan 
Switzerland 
Trinidad and Tobago 
Columbia 
Guadeloupe 
Hungry 
Greece 
Sweden 
Taiwan 
Oman 
Portugal 
Estonia 
Poland 
Bulgaria 
Norway 
Lebanon 
New Zealand 
Brazil 
Algeria 
Korea 

   $ 

   $ 

124,060       $ 
24,516         
20,402         
9,826         
8,158         
8,297         
8,214         
8,117         
5,226         
4,805         
3,623         
2,352         
1,413         
1,372         
1,102         
875         
807         
749         
711         
708         
534         
505         
464         
464         
406         
402         
357         
214         
211         
195         
188         
162         
158         
145         
56         
48         
—         
—         
—         
—         
—         
—         
—         
634         
501         
750         
—         
—         
—         
380         
—         
—         
—         
—         
—         
—         
242,107       $ 

102,718       $ 
18,205         
18,759         
6,085         
2,708         
7,919         
16,101         
6,985         
4,243         
3,166         
2,793         
1,431         
893         
1,642         
439         
804         
—         
773         
3,660         
871         
615         
681         
693         
410         
362         
304         
173         
1,082         
202         
1,138         
683         
425         
554         
—         
267         
157         
1,387         
429         
425         
348         
312         
307         
303         
261         
229         
163         
156         
151         
151         
125         
125         
88         
81         
74         
56         
—         
213,112       $ 

75,639   
11,332   
24,983   
5,756   
4,780   
5,692   
7,662   
9,410   
2,604   
2,229   
3,513   
818   
1,659   
2,499   
170   
1,173   
—   
937   
1,069   
1,339   
359   
471   
693   
535   
97   
—   
721   
1,282   
476   
564   
860   
123   
—   
530   
—   
313   
—   
339   
—   
686   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   
83   
—   
650   
—   
276   
1   
89   
785   
173,197   

59 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
     
     
     
     
    
    
     
     
     
    
     
     
     
    
     
     
     
    
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
    
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
  
 
Customer Deposits 

At times, the Company may require an upfront deposit related to its contracts.  In instances where an upfront deposit has been received 
by the Company and the revenue recognition criteria have not yet been met, the Company records a contract liability in the form of a 
customer deposit, which is classified as a short-term liability on the balance sheet.  That customer deposit is revenue that is deferred 
until the revenue recognition criteria have been met, at which time, the customer deposit is recognized into revenue. 

The following table summarizes changes in customer deposits for the year ended December 31, 2018: 

Customer deposits at January 1, 2018 
Revenue recognized from customer deposits 
Additional customer deposits received where revenue has not 
   yet been recognized 
Effect of change in exchange rates 

Customer deposits at December 31, 2018 

   $ 

   $ 

2,242   
(10,547 ) 

10,839   
(224 ) 
2,310   

60 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Note 5. Earnings per Common Share 

Basic net earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for 
the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution of restricted stock units. Details of the calculations are as follows: 

For the Years Ended December 31, 
2017 

2016 

2018 

Net loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

Loss from continuing operations 
Discontinued operations: 

Income (loss) from operations of discontinued 
   operations, net of income taxes 
(Income) loss attributable to noncontrolling 
   interest 

Income from operations of discontinued 
   operations, net of income taxes attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex International, Inc. 

Loss on sale of discontinued operations, net of 
   income taxes 

Loss from discontinued operations attributable 
   Shareholders of Manitex International, Inc. 

Loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

Earnings (loss) per share 

Basic 

Loss from continuing operations attributable 
   to shareholders' of Manitex International, Inc. 
Earnings from operations of discontinued 
   operations attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc., net of income taxes 
Loss on sale of discontinued operations attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex International, Inc., net of 
   income taxes 
Loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

Diluted 

Loss from continuing operations attributable 
   to shareholders' of Manitex International, Inc. 
Earnings from operations of discontinued 
   operations attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc., net of income taxes 
Loss on sale of discontinued operations attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex International, Inc., net of 
   income taxes 
Loss attributable to shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

Weighted average common shares outstanding 

Basic 
Diluted 
Basic 
Dilutive effect of warrants 
Dilutive effect of restricted stock units 

  $ 

(13,177 )   $ 

(7,067 )   $ 

(23,189 ) 

—       

553       

(20 ) 

—       

(274 )     

574   

—       

279       

554   

—       

(1,290 )     

(14,458 ) 

—       

(1,011 )     

(13,904 ) 

  $ 

(13,177 )   $ 

(8,078 )   $ 

(37,093 ) 

  $ 

(0.72 )   $ 

(0.43 )   $ 

(1.44 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

—     $ 

0.02     $ 

0.03   

—     $ 

(0.08 )   $ 

(0.90 ) 

(0.72 )   $ 

(0.49 )   $ 

(2.30 ) 

  $ 

(0.72 )   $ 

(0.43 )   $ 

(1.44 ) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

—     $ 

0.02     $ 

0.03   

—     $ 

(0.08 )   $ 

(0.90 ) 

(0.72 )   $ 

(0.49 )   $ 

(2.30 ) 

    18,409,296       16,548,444        16,133,284   

    18,409,296       16,548,444        16,133,284   
—   
—   
    18,409,296       16,548,444        16,133,284   

—       
—       

—       
—       

There are  136,035, 204,072 and  342,004 restricted stock units which are anti-dilutive and therefore are not included in the  average 
number of diluted shares shown above for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

61 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
        
        
    
    
    
  
 
The following securities were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as their effect would have been antidilutive: 

Unvested restricted stock units 
Options to purchase common stock 
Convertible subordinated notes 

2018 

For the Years Ended December 31, 
2017 
168,763       
—       

2016 
342,004   
—   
     1,549,451        1,549,451        1,549,451   
     1,669,762        1,718,214        1,891,455   

72,874       
47,437       

Note 6. Fair Value Measurements  

The following tables set forth the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value by level  with the fair 
value hierarchy.  As required by ASC 820-10, financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of 
input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  Except as noted the below assets and liabilities are valued at fair market on a 
recurring basis,  

The following is a summary of items that the Company measured at fair value during the periods: 

Asset: 
Marketable securities 
Forward currency exchange contracts 
Total current assets at fair value 

Liabilities: 
PM contingent liabilities 
Valla contingent consideration 
Interest rate swap contracts 

Total liabilities at fair value 

Liabilities: 
Forward currency exchange contracts 
Interest rate swap contracts 
Valla contingent consideration 
Total liabilities at fair value 

Liabilities: 
Balance at December 31, 2017 
Effect of change in exchange rates 
Change in fair value during the period 
Balance at December 31, 2018 

Fair Value at December 31, 2018 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

2,160     $ 
—       
2,160     $ 

—     $ 
—       
—       
—     $ 

—     $ 
91       
91     $ 

—     $ 
—       
2       
2     $ 

—     $ 
—       
—     $ 

2,160   
91   
2,251   

321     $ 
210       
—       
531     $ 

321   
210   
2   
533   

Fair Value at December 31, 2017 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

Total 

—     $ 
—       
—       
—     $ 

213     $ 
6       
—       
219     $ 

—     $ 
—       
220       
220     $ 

213   
6   
220   
439   

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant 
Unobservable Inputs (level 3) 
Valla 
Contingent 
Consideration      

PM Contingent 
Liability 

Total 

   $ 

   $ 

—      $ 
(24 )      
345        
321      $ 

220      $ 
(10 )      
—        
210      $ 

220   
(34 ) 
345   
531   

In 2018, the fair value of PM contingent liabilities a Level 3 item was based on an option pricing framework, more specifically, a Monte 
Carlo simulation.  The original fair value of Valla contingent consideration was also determined was using an option pricing framework 
more specifically a Monte Carlo simulation at the acquisition date. 

In 2017, the Company qualitatively evaluated the PM contingent liability.  During 2017, the Company determined that based on 2017 
expected EBITDA there was virtual certainty that no payment would be required and determined that there was no liability.  Final 2017 
EBITDA did not meet the threshold for a payment.       

62 

 
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
    
    
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
    
    
        
        
        
    
    
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
     
     
 
 
 
The Company has qualitatively evaluated the Valla contingent liability from the date of acquisition.   

The carrying value of the amounts reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and 
short-term  variable  debt,  including  any  amounts  outstanding  under  the  Company’s  revolving  credit  facilities  and  working  capital 
borrowing, approximate fair value due to the short periods during which these amounts are outstanding. 

The book and fair value of the Company’s term debt was $26,871 and $26,871 for the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively, and 
$29,629 and $29,629 for the year ending December 31, 2017, respectively. The book and fair value of the Company’s capital leases was 
$5,482 and $6,925 for the year ended December 31, 2018, respectively and $5,861 and $7,679 for the year ending December 31, 2017, 
respectively. There is no difference between the book value and the fair value for amount recorded in connection with a long-term legal 
settlement, which was $851 and $890 for the years ending December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Fair Value Measurements 

ASC 820-10 classifies the inputs used to measure fair value into the following hierarchy: 

Level 1  -   Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or 

liabilities; 

Level 2  -   Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially 

the full term of the asset or liability; and 

Level 3  -   Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable 

(i.e., supported by little or no market activity) 

Fair value of the forward currency contracts are determined on the last day of each reporting period using observable inputs, which are 
supplied to the Company by the foreign currency trading operation of its bank and are Level 2 items. 

Note 7. Derivative Financial Instruments 

The Company’s risk management objective is to use the most efficient and effective methods  available to us to minimize, eliminate, 
reduce or transfer the risks which are associated with fluctuation of exchange rates between the Euro, Chilean Peso and the U.S. dollar. 

Forward Currency Contracts 

When  the  Company  receives  a  significant  order  in  other  than  the  operating  unit’s  functional  currency,  management  may  evaluate 
different options that are available to mitigate future currency exchange risks. The decision to hedge future sales is not automatic and is 
decided case by case. The Company only uses hedge instruments to hedge firm existing sales orders and not estimated exposure, when 
management determines that exchange risks exceed desired risk tolerance levels. The forward currency contracts used to hedge future 
sales are designated as cash  flow hedges under ASC 815-10  provided  certain  criteria are met.    For derivative instruments that are 
designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other 
comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings 
(date of sale). Gains or losses on cash flow hedges when recognized into income are included in net revenues. Gains and losses on the 
derivative instruments representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness 
are recognized in current earnings. The Company expects minimal ineffectiveness as the Company has hedged only firm sales orders 
and has not hedged estimated exposures.  As of December 31, 2018, the Company had no outstanding forward currency contracts that 
were in place to hedge future sales. Therefore, there are currently no unrealized pre-tax gains or loss which will reclassified from other 
comprehensive income into earnings during the next 12 months.   

In addition, the Company enters into forward currency exchange contracts in relationship such that the exchange gains and losses on the 
assets and liabilities denominated in other than the reporting units’ functional currency would be offset by the changes in the market 
value of the forward currency exchange contracts it holds. The forward currency exchange contracts that the Company  has to offset 
existing  assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  other  than  the  reporting  units’  functional  currency  have  been  determined  not  to  be 
considered a hedge under ASC 815-10. The Company records at the balance sheet date the forward currency exchange contracts at its 
market value with any associated gain or loss being recorded in current earnings. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses related 
to forward currency contracts are included in current earnings and are reflected in the Statement of Income in the other income expense 
section on the line titled foreign currency transaction gains (losses). Items denominated in other than a reporting unit functional currency 
include certain intercompany receivables due from the Company’s Italian subsidiaries and accounts receivable and accounts payable of 
our Italian subsidiaries and their subsidiaries. 

63 

 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
PM Group has an intercompany receivable denominated in Euros from its Chilean subsidiary.  At December 31, 2018, the Company 
had entered into  two  forward  currency  exchange  contracts  that matures  on  February 14, 2019.  Under the  contract the Company is 
obligated to sell 1,800,000 Chilean pesos for 2,333 euros.  The Company has a second contract which obligates the Company to sell 
200,000 Chilean pesos  for $294.  The purpose  of the  forward  contract is  to mitigate the income  effect related to  this intercompany 
receivable that results with a change in exchange rate between the Euro and the Chilean peso. 

Interest Rate Swap Contracts 

The Company uses financial instruments available on the market, including derivatives, solely to minimize its cost of borrowing and 
hedge the risk of interest rate and exchange rate fluctuation. In January 2009, prior to the January 15, 2015 acquisition date, PM Group 
entered into contracts in order to hedge the interest rate risk related to its term loans.       

A contract was signed by PM Group, for an original notional amount of € 482 (€ 186 at December 31, 2018), maturing on October 1, 
2020 with interest paid monthly.   PM pays interest at a rate of 3.90% and receives from the counterparty’s interest at the “Euribor” rate 
for the period in question if greater than 0.90%. 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had the following forward currency contracts and interest rate swaps: 

Nature of Derivative 
Forward currency sales 
   contracts 
Interest rate swap contracts 

Currency 
  Chilean peso 

Amount 

Type 
Not designated as hedge instrument 

2,000,000      

  Euro 

186      Not designated as hedge instrument 

The following table provides the location and fair value amounts of derivative instruments that are reported in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheet as of December 31, 2018 and 2017: 

Total derivatives not designated as a hedge instrument 

Asset Derivatives 
Foreign currency exchange contracts 
Total derivative assets 
Liabilities Derivatives 
Foreign currency Exchange Contracts 
Interest rate swap contracts 
Total derivative liabilities 

Balance Sheet Location 

  Prepaid expense and other 

  Accrued expense 
  Notes payable-Short term 

Fair Value 

     As of December 31, 
2017 

2018 

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

91     $ 
91     $ 

—     $ 
2       
2     $ 

—   
—   

213   
6   
219   

The following tables provide the effect of derivative instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Income for 2018, 2017 and 2016: 

Derivatives not designated as Hedge Instrument 

Forward currency contracts 

Forward currency contracts 

Interest rate swap contracts 
Total derivatives (loss) gain 

Location of gain or 
(loss) 
recognized 
in Income Statement 

   Foreign currency 
transaction (losses) 
gains 
Gain from 
operations of 
discontinued 
operations 
Interest expense 

64 

Years ended December 31, 
2017 

2018 

2016 

  $ 

(205 )   $ 

15     $ 

(483 ) 

—     
(4 )     
(209 )   $ 

—       
1       
16     $ 

54   
(41 ) 
(470 ) 

  $ 

 
 
 
  
  
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
      
  
  
    
    
    
        
    
    
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
During 2018, 2017 and 2016, there were no forward currency contracts designated as cash flow hedges.  As such, all gains and loss 
related to forward currency contracts during 2018 and 2017 were recorded in current earnings and did not impact other comprehensive 
income. 

Note 8. Inventory 

The components of inventory at December 31, are summarized as follows: 

Raw materials and purchased parts 
Work in process 
Finished goods and replacement parts 
Inventories, net 

2018 

2017 

38,192     $ 
5,360       
14,472       
58,024     $ 

35,205   
4,513   
14,642   
54,360   

  $ 

  $ 

The Company has established reserves for obsolete and excess inventory of $5,967 and $3,462 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, 
respectively. 

Note 9. Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment consist of the following at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively: 

Land 
Buildings 
Machinery and equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Leasehold improvements 
Computer software & equipment 
Motor vehicles 
Construction in progress 

Totals 

Less: accumulated depreciation 

Net property and equipment 

2018 

2017 

  $ 

  $ 

4,216     $ 
14,231       
11,648       
1,704       
1,122       
1,240       
777       
137       
35,075       
(14,826 )     
20,249     $ 

4,396   
14,370   
13,070   
311   
996   
1,343   
413   
60   
34,959   
(12,921 ) 
22,038   

Depreciation expense was $2,220 (net of $80 amortization of deferred gain on building), $2,380 (net of $80 amortization of deferred 
gain on building), and $2,846 (net of $106 amortization of deferred gain on building) in 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. See Note 
14 for information regarding capital leases. 

Note 10. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

The  Company  accounts  for  Other  Intangible  Assets  under  the  guidance  in  ASC  350,  Intangibles—Goodwill  and  Other.  Under  the 
guidance intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Indefinite lived intangible assets are subject 
to annual impairment testing. For the year ended December 31, 2018 there was impairment charge of $2,544 related to an indefinite 
lived  trademark  and  $3,192  net  impairment  charge  to  goodwill.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  there  was  no  impairment 
compared  to  $275  of  impairment  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016.  The  Company  capitalizes  certain  costs  related  to  patent 
technology. Additionally, a substantial portion of the purchase price related to the Company’s acquisitions has been assigned to patents 
or unpatented technology, trade name, customer backlog and customer relationships. The intangibles acquired in acquisitions have been 
valued using a discounted cash flow approach. Intangibles, except goodwill, are being amortized over their estimated useful lives. 

65 

 
 
 
  
  
    
  
    
    
 
 
 
 
  
  
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
Intangible assets were comprised of the following as of December 31: 

Patented and unpatented technology 
Amortization 
Customer relationships 
Amortization 

Trade names and trademarks 
Amortization 
Non-competition agreements 
Amortization 
Customer backlog 
Amortization 
Total Intangible assets 

2018 

2017 

     Useful Lives 

  $ 

18,111     $ 
(12,762 )     
23,301       
(11,419 )     

18,458     
(12,011 )   
23,837     
(9,907 )   

9,828       
(2,286 )     
50       
(50 )     
370       
(370 )     
24,773     $ 

12,724     
(2,090 )   
50     
(47 )   
370     
(370 )   
31,014     

  $ 

10 years 

5-20 years 

25 years - 
Indefinite 

2-5 years 

< 1 year 

Amortization  expense was $2,769, $2,727 and $3,790  for  the periods  ended December 31, 2018, 2017  and 2016, respectively.  The 
weighted average amortization period for definite lived intangibles was 7 years for patented and unpatented technology, and 13 years 
for both customer relationships and trade names and trademarks.  

Estimated amortization expense for the next five years and subsequent is as follows: 

2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
And subsequent 

Total intangibles currently to be amortized 
Intangibles with indefinite lives not amortized 

Total intangible assets 

Amount 

2,120   
2,048   
2,032   
2,032   
2,032   
9,510   
19,774   
4,999   
24,773   

  $ 

  $ 

Changes in the Company’s goodwill are as follows: 

Balance December 31, 2016 
Effects of change in exchange rate 
Balance December 31, 2017 
Goodwill impairment 
Reclass to deferred tax liability 
Effects of change in exchange rate 
Balance December 31, 2018 

   Goodwill 
  $ 

39,669   
3,900   
43,569   
(3,212 ) 
(2,557 ) 
(1,502 ) 
36,298   

  $ 
  $ 

  $ 

The Company performed its annual impairment assessment as of October 1, 2018, its annual measurement date.  At that date, there was 
significant cushion between the carrying values of each of our reporting units and the market capitalization of the Company.  During 
the fourth quarter of 2018, there was a significant decline in the U.S. stock markets and specifically our stock declined from a closing 
price of $9.64 at October 1, 2018 to a closing price of $5.68 at  December 31, 2018.  Subsequent to December 31, stock markets in 
general rebounded from the December lows.  The Company’s stock priced increased as well, but not to the same levels as the general 
market or our previous averages for the year.  The Company considered this sustained market capitalization decrease to be a triggering 
event and as such reevaluated goodwill impairment at December 31, 2018.  In order to more closely align the estimated fair values of 
our reporting units to our overall market capitalization, an increase to our risk premium utilized within our discounted cash flows analysis 
was applied, resulting in an impairment charge to our PM reporting unit. 

66 

  
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
  
    
    
    
 
 
 
11. Equity Method Investments 

The Company accounted for its investment in ASV during the period (May 17, 2017 to February 26, 2018) that it owned 21.2% of ASV 
as an equity method investment.   Under the equity method, the Company’s share of the net income (loss) of ASV was recognized as 
income (loss) in the Company’s statement  of  operations and  added to investment account, and dividends received  from ASV were 
treated as a reduction of the investment account.  The Company reported ASV’s earnings on a one quarter lag as ASV may not report 
earnings in time to be included in the Company’s financial statements for any given reporting period.   During the quarter ended March 
31, 2018, the Company recorded its proportional share of ASV’s loss for the quarter ended December 31, 2017 and recorded amortization 
related temporary differences.    

The following tables present ASV summary income statement information: 

For the three 
months ended      
  December 31, (2)     
2017 

Net sales 
Gross profit 
Net income 

  $ 

Net income attributable to the Company (1) 
Amortization of FMV adjustment 
Income recognized by the Company 
__________________ 
(1) Represents 21.2% of ASV Holdings loss for the quarter ended December 31, 2017. 

  $ 

(2) The Company's policy is to record our earnings based on a one quarter lag. 

30,455     
4,146     
(796 )   

(169 )   
(35 )   
(204 )   

Between  February  26  and  28,  2018,  the  Company  sold  1,000,000  shares  of  ASV  stock,  reducing  the  Company’s  investment  to 
approximately 11.0%, and ceased accounting for its investment in ASV as an equity method  investment. See Note 26, Discontinued 
Operations. 

Note 12. Accrued Expenses 

  $ 

Accrued payroll 
Accrued employee benefits 
Accrued bonuses 
Accrued vacation expense 
Accrued interest 
Accrued commissions 
Accrued expenses—other 
Accrued warranty 
Accrued taxes other than income taxes 
Accrued product liability and workers compensation claims 

Total accrued expenses 

  $ 

As of December 31, 

2018 

2017 

1,195     $ 
951       
146       
1,274       
723       
424       
1,038       
2,004       
1,243       
251       
9,249     $ 

1,198   
1,317   
180   
1,214   
414   
560   
2,045   
2,030   
969   
143   
10,070   

Note 13. Revolving Term Credit Facilities and Debt 

U.S.  Credit Facilities  

At December 31, 2018, the Company and its U.S. subsidiaries have a Loan and Security Agreement, as amended, (the “Loan Agreement”) 
with  CIBC  Bank  USA  (“CIBC”),  formerly  known  as  “The  Private  Bank  and  Trust  Company”.    The  Loan  Agreement  provides 
a revolving credit facility with a maturity date of July 20, 2021.   The aggregate amount of the facility is $25,000.  

67 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
      
    
    
      
    
    
    
  
      
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
The maximum borrowing available to the Company under the Loan Agreement is limited to: (1) 85% of eligible receivables; plus (2) 
50% of eligible inventory valued at the lower of cost or market subject to a $17,500 limit; plus (3) 80% of eligible used equipment, as 
defined, valued at the lower of cost or market subject to a $2,000 limit.  At December 31, 2018, the maximum the Company could 
borrow based on available collateral was $24,500.  At December 31, 2018, the Company had no borrowings under this facility. The 
Company’s collateral is subject to a $5,000 reserve until the Fixed Charge Coverage ratio exceeds 1.15 to 1.00.  The indebtedness under 
the Loan Agreement is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets, except for the assets of certain of the Company’s 
subsidiaries. 

The Loan Agreement provides that the Company can opt to pay interest  on the revolving credit at either a base rate plus a spread, or a 
LIBOR rate plus a spread.  The base rate spread ranges from 0.25% to 1.00% depending on the Senior Leverage Ratio (as defined in the 
Loan Agreement).  The LIBOR spread ranges from 2.25% to 3.00% also depending on the Senior Leverage Ratio.   Funds borrowed under 
the LIBOR option can be borrowed for periods of one, two, or three months and are limited to four LIBOR contracts outstanding at any 
time. In addition, CIBC assesses a 0.50% unused line fee that is payable monthly. 

The Loan Agreement subjects the Company and its domestic subsidiaries to a quarterly EBITDA covenant (as defined).  The quarterly 
EBITDA covenant (as defined) is $2,000 for all quarters starting with the quarter ended September 30, 2017 through the end of the 
agreement.  Additionally,  the  Company  and  its  domestic  subsidiaries  are  subject  to  a  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  ratio  of  1.05  to  1.00 
measured  on an annual basis beginning December 31, 2017,  followed by a Fixed Charge Coverage ratio  of 1.15 to 1.00  measured 
quarterly starting March 31, 2018 (based on a trailing twelve-month basis) through the term of the agreement. At the end of a quarter, 
if there is $15,000 of availability and outstanding borrowings of less than $5,000, covenant testing is waived. The Loan Agreement 
contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including covenants that limit or restrict the Company’s ability to, among other 
things, incur additional indebtedness, grant liens, merge or consolidate, dispose of assets, make investments, make acquisitions, pay 
dividends or make distributions, repurchase stock, in each case subject to customary exceptions for a credit facility of this size.  The 
Company was in compliance with loan covenants at December 31, 2018.              

The Loan Agreement has a Letter of Credit facility of $3,000, which is fully reserved against availability. 

Note Payable—Winona Facility Purchase 

At December 31, 2018, Badger has balance on note payable to Avis Industrial Corporation  of $378.  Badger is required to make 60 
monthly payments of $10 that began on August 1, 2017.  The note dated July 26, 2017, had an original principal amount of $500 and 
annual interest rate of 8.00%.  The note is guaranteed by the Company. 

PM Debt Restructuring 

On  March 6,  2018,  PM  Group  and  Oil &  Steel  S.p.A.  (PM  Group’s  subsidiary)  entered  into  a  Debt  Restructuring  Agreement  (the 
“Restructuring Agreement”) with Banca Monte dei Paschi di Siena S.p.A., Banca Nazionale del Lavoro S.p.A., BPER Banca S.p.A., 
Cassa di Risparmio in Bologna S.p.A. and Unicredit S.p.A. (collectively the “Lenders”), and Loan Agency Services S.r.l. (the “Agent”). 
The Restructuring Agreement, which replaces the previous debt restructuring agreement with the Lenders entered into in 2014, provides 
for, among other things: 

 

 

 

The provision of subordinated shareholders’ loans by the Company to PM Group, consisting of (i) conversion of an existing 
trade receivable in the amount of €3.1 million into a loan; (ii) an additional subordinated shareholders’ loan in the aggregate 
maximum  amount  of  up  to  €2.4 million,  to  be  made  currently;  and  (iii) a  further  loan  of  €1.8 million  to  be  made  by 
December 31, 2018, in each case to be used to repay a portion of PM Group’s outstanding obligations to the Lenders; 

Amendments to the 2014 put and call options agreement with BPER to, among  other things, extend the  exercise  of the 
options until the approval of PM Group’s financial statements for the 2021 fiscal year and permit the assignment of certain 
subordinated receivables to the Company.  The fair market value of this liability is subject to revaluation on a recurring 
basis.   

New amortization and repayment schedules for amounts owed by PM Group to the Lenders under the various outstanding 
tranches of indebtedness, along with revised interest rates and financial covenants. Under the Debt Restructuring Agreement 
term  debt  is  repaid  over  a  nine-year  period  starting  in  2018  and  ending  in  2026  (2022  prior  to  Debt  Restructuring 
Agreement); and 

 

The effect of PM not meeting its December 31, 2017 financial covenants was cured by the Debt Restructuring Agreement. 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
PM Group Short-Term Working Capital Borrowings 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, PM Group had established demand credit and overdraft facilities with five and seven 
Italian banks, one Spanish bank and eight and seven banks in South America. Under the facilities, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 
respectively, PM Group can borrow up to approximately €21,990 ($25,192) and €26,260 ($31,570) for advances against invoices, and 
letter of credit and bank overdrafts. These facilities are divided into two types: working capital facilities and cash facilities. For the year 
ended December, 31, 2018, interest on the Italian working capital facilities is charged at  the 3-month Euribor plus 175 or 200 basis 
points and 3-month Euribor plus 350 basis points, respectively. Interest on the Spanish bank working capital facility is charged at 3.75%. 
Interest on the South American facilities is charged at a flat rate of points for advances on invoices ranging from 9% - 65%. For the year 
ended December 31, 2017, Interest on the Italian working capital facilities was charged at the 3-month or 6-month Euribor plus 200 
basis  points,  while  interest  on  overdraft  facilities  was  charged  at  the  3-month  Euribor  plus  350  basis  points.  Interest  on  the  South 
American facilities was charged at a flat rate of points for advances on invoices ranging from 10% - 32%. 

At December 31, 2018, the Italian banks had advanced PM Group €15,796 ($18,096), at variable interest rates, which currently range 
from 1.75% to 2.00%. At December 31, 2018, there were no advances to PM Group from the Spanish bank. At December 31, 2018, the 
South American banks had advanced PM Group €715 ($820). Total short-term borrowings for PM Group were €16,511 ($18,916) at 
December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2017, the Italian banks had advanced PM Group €17,931 ($21,556), at variable interest rates, 
which  currently  range  from  1.42%  to  1.67%.  At  December  31,  2017,  the  South  American  banks  had  advanced  PM  Group  €2,515 
($3,024). Total short-term borrowings for PM Group were €20,446 ($24,580) at December 31, 2017. 

PM Group Term Loans  
At December 31, 2018 and 2017 respectively, PM Group has a €10,451 ($11,973) and €9,609 ($11,552) term loan with two Italian 
banks, BPER and Unicredit. The term loan is split into a note and a balloon payment and is secured by PM Group’s common stock as 
of December 31, 2018. The term loan was split into three separate notes and is secured by PM Group’s common stock as of December 
31, 2017.  

At December 31, 2018, the note and balloon payment have an outstanding principal balance of €7,449 ($8,534) and €3,002 ($3,439), 
respectively.  Both are charged interest at a fixed rate of 3.5%, with an effective rate of 3.5% at December 31, 2018. The note is payable 
in annual installments of principal €958 for 2019, €991 for 2020, €1,026 for 2021, €1,062 for 2022, €1,099 for 2023, €1,137 for 2024, 
and €1,177 for 2025.  The balloon payment is payable in a single payment of €3,002 in 2026. See above for restructuring, however, at 
December 31, 2017, the first note had an outstanding principal balance of €3,528 ($4,242), was charged interest at the 6-month Euribor 
plus 236 basis points, effective rate of 2.09% at December 31, 2017. The note was payable in semi-annual installments beginning June 
2017 and ending December 2021. The second note had an outstanding principal balance of €3,922 ($4,715), was charged interest at the 
6-month Euribor plus 286 basis points, effective rate of 2.59% at December 31, 2017. The note was payable in semi-annual installments 
beginning June 2017 and ending December 2021. The third note had an outstanding principal balance of €2,500 ($3,005) and was non-
interest bearing. The note was payable in semi-annual installments beginning June 2016 and ending December 2017 and a final balloon 
payment in December 2022. 

An adjustment in the purchase accounting to value the non-interest- bearing debt at its fair market value was made. At March 6, 2018 it 
was determined that the fair value of the debt was €480 or $550 less than the book value. This reduction is not reflected in the above 
descriptions of PM debt. This discount is being amortized over the life of the debt and being charged to interest expense. As of December 
31, 2018, and 2017 respectively, the remaining balance was €391 ($448) and €625 ($751) and has been offset to the debt. 

At  December  31,  2018,  PM  Group  has  unsecured  borrowings  with  three  Italian  banks  totaling  €12,115  ($13,879).  Interest  on  the 
unsecured notes is charged at a stated and effective rate of 3.5% at December 31, 2018. Annual payments of €1,731 are payable beginning 
in 2019 and ending in 2025.  At December 31, 2017 PM Group had unsecured borrowings with four Italian banks totaling €13,015 
($15,647). Interest on the unsecured notes was charged at the 3-month Euribor plus 250 basis points, effective rate of 2.17% at December 
31, 2017. Principal payments were due on a semi-annual basis beginning June 2019 and ending December 2021. Accrued interest on 
these borrowings through the date of acquisition at January 15, 2015, totaled €358 ($430) and was payable in semi-annual installments 
beginning June 2019 and ending December 2019. 

PM Group is subject to certain financial covenants as defined by the debt restructuring agreement including maintaining (1) Net debt to 
EBITDA, (2) Net debt to equity, and (3) EBITDA to net financial charges ratios. The covenants are measured on a semi-annual basis 
beginning on December 31, 2018. Covenants were met at December 31, 2018. PM group was not in compliance as of December 31, 
2017 however, see above for derails regarding the debt restructuring that occurred as a result of the failure.     

69 

 
 
At December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, Autogru PM RO, a subsidiary of PM Group, had three and two notes. The first note is 
payable in 60 monthly principal installments of €8 ($9), €8 ($10), plus interest at the 1-month Euribor plus 300 basis points, effective 
rate of 3.00% at December 31, 2018 and 2017, maturing October 2020. At December 31, 2018 and 2017 respectively, the outstanding 
principal balance of the note was €186 ($213) and €288 ($346). 

The second note is payable in monthly installments of €9 ($10) starting from October 2018 and ending in March 2019, and one final 
payment of €294 ($337) in March 2019. The note is charged interest at the 1-month Euribor plus 250 basis points, effective rate of 
2.50% at December 31, 2018.  At December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, the outstanding principal balance of the note was €320 
($367) and €422 ($507).               

The third note is divided in three parts: the first part is payable in 60 monthly installments of €1 ($1) plus interest at the 6-month Euribor 
plus 275 basis points, effective rate of 2.75% at December 31, 2018, maturing February 2023; the second part is payable in 60 monthly 
installments of €4 ($5) plus interest at the 6-month Euribor plus 275 basis points, effective rate of 2.75% at December 31, 2018, maturing 
April 2023; the third part  is payable in 60 monthly installments of €1 ($1) plus interest at the 6-month Euribor plus 275 basis points, 
effective rate of 2.75% at December 31, 2018, maturing June 2023. At December 31, 2018, the outstanding principal balance of the note 
was €304 ($348). 

PM has interest rate swaps with a fair market value at December 31, 2018 of €2 ($2) which has been included in debt.  

At December 31, 2018 PM Argentina Sistemas de Elevacion, a subsidiary of PM Group has a note payable. The note is payable in 
fifteen monthly installments of €13 ($15) starting from March 2018 and ending in May 2019, the note is charged interest at 28.50% at 
December 31, 2018.  At December 31, 2018, the outstanding principal balance of the note was €68 ($78).  At December 31, 2017 PM 
Argentina Sistemas de Elevacion, a subsidiary of PM Group had two notes. The first note was payable in one balloon payment in April 
2018. At December 31, 2017, the outstanding balance of the note was €154 ($185) plus interest at 29%. The second note was payable 
in five quarterly installments of €79 ($95) starting from April 2018 and ending in April 2019, the note was charged interest at 28.50% 
at December 31, 2017. At December 31, 2017, the outstanding principal balance of the note was €397 ($478). 

Valla Short-Term Working Capital Borrowings 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, Valla had established demand credit and overdraft facilities with two Italian banks. Under 
the facilities, Valla can borrow up to approximately €870 ($997) and €1,343 ($1,615) for advances against orders, invoices and bank 
overdrafts. Interest on the Italian working capital facilities is charged at a flat percentage rate for advances on invoices and orders ranging 
from 4.50% - 4.75% and 2% - 5 % at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Italian banks 
had advanced Valla €40 ($46) and €824 ($991).  

Valla Term Loans  
At December 31, 2018 and 2017, Valla had a term loan with Carisbo.  The note is payable in quarterly principal installments beginning 
on October 30, 2017  of €8  ($10), plus  interest at the 3-month Euribor plus 470 basis points,  effective rate  of 4.39% and  4.37% at 
December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.  The note  matures on January 2021. At December 31, 2018  and 2017, respectively, the 
outstanding principal balance of the note was €71 ($81) and €102 ($123). 

70 

 
 
Schedule of Debt Maturities 

Scheduled annual maturities of the principal portion of debt outstanding at December 31, 2018 in the next five years and the remaining 
maturity in aggregate are summarized below. Amounts shown include the debt described above in this footnote and the convertible 
notes disclosed in Note 15—Convertible Notes at their face amount of $22,500. 

2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
Thereafter 

Interest rate swaps 
Debt discount related to non-interest-bearing debt 
Debt issuance cost 
Debt discounts related to convertible notes 

Total 

   $ 

Note 14. Leases 

Capital leases 

Georgetown facility 

   North America      
   $ 

95      $ 
7,535        
15,179        
69        
—        
—        
22,878        
—        
—        
(196 )      
(616 )      
22,066      $ 

Italy 

Total 

22,725      $ 
3,340        
3,238        
3,279        
3,269        
10,057        
45,908        
2        
(448 )      
—        
—        
45,462      $ 

22,820   
10,875   
18,417   
3,348   
3,269   
10,057   
68,786   
2   
(448 ) 
(196 ) 
(616 ) 
67,528   

The Company leases its Georgetown facility under capital lease that was amended and extended on September 1, 2015.  The amended 
lease expires on April 28, 2028. The monthly rent is currently $66 and is increased by 3% annually on September 1 during the term of 
the lease.   

The present value of the future minimum lease payments (including the annual increase) was determined using a 12.5% discount  rate 
(the discount rate used to record the original lease which was signed in April 2006).  At December 31, 2018, the outstanding capital 
lease obligation is $5,025.  

Equipment 

The Company has entered into a lease agreement with a bank pursuant to which the Company is permitted to borrow 100% of the cost 
of new equipment with 44 month repayment periods, respectively. At the conclusion of the lease period, for each piece of equipment 
the Company is required to purchase that piece of leased equipment for one dollar. 

The equipment, which is acquired in ordinary course of the Company’s business, is available for sale and rental prior to sale. 

Under the lease agreement the Company can elect to exercise an early buyout option at any time, and pay the bank the present value of 
the remaining rental payments discounted by a specified Index Rate established at the time of leasing. The early buyout option results 
in a prepayment penalty which progressively decreases during the term of the lease. Alternatively, the Company under the like-kind 
provisions in the agreement  can elect to replace or substitute different equipment in place  of  equipment subject to the  early buyout 
without incurring a penalty.  

The following is a summary of amounts financed under equipment capital lease agreements: 

New equipment 

Amount 
Borrowed 

Repayment 
Period 

Amount of 
Monthly Payment     

Balance 
As of December 31, 
2018 

  $ 

896       

44     $ 

18     $ 

453   

71 

 
  
    
  
     
     
     
     
     
  
     
     
     
     
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
 
Future Minimum Lease Payments are: 

Years 
2019 
2020 
2021 
2022 
2023 
Subsequent 

Total Minimum Lease Payments 

Less: imputed interest 

Present value of minimum lease payment 

Less: current portion 

Long-term capital lease obligations 

  Operating Leases     Capital Leases   
1,043   
1,950     $ 
  $ 
1,066   
1,169       
896   
1,169       
904   
408       
932   
408       
4,371   
1,803       
9,212   
6,907       
(3,729 ) 
5,483   
(422 ) 
5,061   

      $ 

      $ 

  $ 

Capital Items—as of or for the year ended December 31, 2018 
Building—Georgetown, TX 
Other Capitalized leases 

Totals 

Capital Items—as of or for the year ended December 31, 2017 
Building—Georgetown, TX 
Other Capitalized leases 

Totals 

Cost 

Accumulated 
Depreciation       

Depreciation 
Expense 

Interest 
Expense 

4,831     $ 
896       
5,727     $ 

1,212     $ 
—       
1,212     $ 

382     $ 
—       
382     $ 

640   
10   
650   

Cost 

Accumulated 
Depreciation       

Depreciation 
Expense 

Interest 
Expense 

4,831     $ 
896       
5,727     $ 

894     $ 
—       
894     $ 

382     $ 
—       
382     $ 

657   
10   
667   

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

Sales and Leaseback—In accordance with ASC 840-40 Sales- Leaseback Transaction, at December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company 
has  deferred  gain  of  $842  and  $969,  respectively,  related  to  the  sale  and  leaseback  of  Georgetown  operating  facilities  and  certain 
equipment. The deferred gain is being amortized over the life of the leases which reduces depreciation expense $80 annually through 
April 2028 and will also increase revenue by $37 for the next four years. 

Operating Leases 

Bridgeview Facility 

The Company leases its 40,000 sq. ft. Bridgeview facility from an entity controlled by Mr. David Langevin, the Company’s Chairman 
and CEO. Pursuant to the terms  of  the lease, the Company  currently makes monthly lease payments  of $23.  The Company is also 
responsible for all the associated operations expenses, including insurance, property taxes, and repairs. On October 3, 2018, the lease 
was amended to extend the term of the lease to May 3, 2025 with an optional extension for one five-year period and thereafter for six 
one-year periods.  The lease contains a rental escalation clause under which annual rent is increased during the initial lease term by the 
lesser of the increase in the Consumer Price Increase or 2.0%. Rent for any extension period shall, however, be the then-market rate for 
similar industrial buildings within the market area. 

The Company has the option to purchase the building by giving the landlord written notice at any time prior to the date that is 180 days 
prior to the expiration of the lease or any extension period. The landlord can require the Company to purchase the building if a change 
of Control Event, as defined in the lease, occurs by giving written notice to the Company at any time prior to the date that is 180 days 
prior to the  expiration  of the lease  or any  extension period.  The purchase price,  regardless whether the purchase is initiated by  the 
Company or the landlord, will be the Fair Market Value as of the closing date of said sale. Rent expense for the current and  former 
Bridgeview facility was $268, $263 and $259 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

72 

  
    
    
    
    
    
    
        
    
    
        
    
  
  
     
     
  
    
  
    
        
        
        
    
  
     
     
  
    
 
  
 
 
The  Company  leases  its  Knox,  Indiana  facility  under  two  operating  leases.  The  leases  which  expire  on  August 19,  2020, currently 
provides for monthly rent of $11 and $3, respectively. The leases contain a rental escalation clause under which annual rent is increased 
during the lease term by the lesser of the increase in the Consumer Price Increase or 2.0%. The Company is also responsible for all the 
associated operations expenses, including insurance, property taxes, and repairs. The Company has an option to extend the leases for an 
additional five year period. The Company has the right to purchase the facility at a negotiated price any time during the lease period. If 
the parties are unable to agree on purchase price, the purchase price under the terms of the lease will be the average of two appraisals of 
the premises performed by independent third-party appraisers, one selected by the landlord and one selected by the Company. Total rent 
expense related to the leases was $163, $163 and $163 for the year ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

The Company leases a number of boom trucks and other equipment under five year  operating leases.  The Company entered into the 
leases  to  provide  financing  for  equipment  some  of  which  was  manufactured  by  our  Manitex  subsidiary  that  will  be  in  Equipment 
Distribution’s rental fleet. The Company had the option to purchase the equipment at the end of the lease for the higher residual value 
or  then  fair  market  value  of  the  equipment.  In  February  2019,  the  Company  came  to  an  agreement  with  the  bank  to  purchase  the 
remaining equipment. This was purchased for $1,352 and the Company believes it will be able to sell this equipment at a profit.  

At December 31, 2018, PM leases forklifts under four operating leases for monthly payments totaling $13. These leases expire between 
February 2020 and February 2023.        

Additionally,  PM  leases  automobiles  for  a  number  of  its  employees.    The  leases  expire  at  various  times  between  2019  and  2022.  
Currently, the aggregate monthly rent is approximately $15.   Future  monthly rents will  change as leases  expire and new leases are 
executed.    

The Company has various building maintenance and production plant leases with various expiration dates through 2023.  Total rent 
expense under these additional leases was $43, $107 and $154 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.     

Note 15. Convertible Notes 

Related Party 

On December 19, 2014, the Company issued a subordinated convertible debenture with a $7,500 face amount payable to Terex, a related 
party. The convertible debenture is subordinated, carries a 5% per annum coupon, and is convertible into Company common stock at a 
conversion price  of $13.65 per share  or a total  of 549,451 shares, subject to  customary adjustment provisions.  The debenture  has a 
December 19, 2020 maturity date. 

From and after the third anniversary of the original issuance date, the Company may redeem the convertible debenture in full (but not 
in part) at any time that the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock equals at least 130% of the Conversion Price (as 
defined in the debenture) for at least 20 of any 30 consecutive trading days. Following an election by the holder to convert the debenture 
into common stock of the Company in accordance with the terms of the debenture, the Company has the discretion to deliver to  the 
holder either (i) shares of common stock, (ii) a cash payment, or (iii) a combination of cash and stock. 

In accounting for the issuance of the note, the Company separated the note into liability and equity components. The carrying amount 
of the liability component was calculated by measuring the estimated fair value of a similar liability that does not have an associated 
convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the 
fair value of the liability component from the face value of  the Note as a whole. The excess of the principal amount of the liability 
component over its carrying amount (“debt discount”) is amortized to interest expense over the term of the note using the effective 
interest method with an effective interest rate of 7.5 percent per annum. The equity component is not remeasured as long as it continues 
to meet the conditions for equity classification. 

On December 19, 2014, the components of the note was as follows: 

Liability component 
Equity component (a component of paid in capital) 

  $ 

  $ 

6,607   
893   
7,500   

Additionally, in connection with the transaction a $321 deferred tax liability was established and was recorded as a deduction to paid in 
capital. The deferred tax liability was recognized as the excess of the principal amount being amortized and charged to interest expenses 
is not tax deductible. 

73 

  
 
 
 
  
    
  
 
As of December 31, 2018, the note had a remaining principal balance of $7,158 and an unamortized discount of $342. The difference 
between this amount and the amount initially recorded represents $551 of discount amortization.  

The Terex agreements included obligations on the part of the Company to timely file with the SEC its reports that are required to be 
filed pursuant to the Exchange Act.  Effective March 29, 2018, the Company has obtained waivers from the Holders with respect to any 
breaches, defaults or events of default that may have been or may be triggered in connection with the Company’s failure to timely file 
its reports with the SEC.   

Perella Notes 

On January 7, 2015, the Company entered into a Note Purchase Agreement (the “Perella Note Purchase Agreement”) with MI Convert 
Holdings LLC (which is owned by investment funds constituting part of the Perella Weinberg Partners Asset Based Value Strategy) and 
Invemed Associates LLC (together, the “Investors”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue $15,000 in aggregate principal 
amount of convertible notes due January 7, 2021 (the “Perella Notes”) to the Investors. The Notes are subordinated, carry a 6.50% per 
annum coupon, and are convertible, at the holder’s option, into shares of Company common stock, based on an initial conversion price 
of $15.00 per share, subject to customary adjustments. Following an election by the holder to convert the debenture into common stock 
of the Company in accordance with the terms of the debenture, the Company has the discretion to deliver to the holder either (i) shares 
of common stock, (ii) a cash payment, or (iii) a combination of cash and stock.  Upon the occurrence of certain fundamental corporate 
changes, the Perella Notes are redeemable at the option of the holders of the Perella Notes. The Perella Notes are not redeemable at the 
Company’s  option prior to the  maturity date, and the payment of principal is subject to acceleration upon an event  of default.  The 
issuance of the Perella Notes by the Company was made in reliance upon the exemptions from registration provided by Rule 506 and 
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. 

In connection with the issuance of the Perella Notes, on January 7, 2015, the Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement 
with the Investors (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has agreed to 
register the resale  of the shares of  common stock issuable upon conversion  of the Perella Notes. The Company  filed a Registration 
Statement  on  Form  S-3  to  register  the  shares  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  which  was  declared  effective  on 
February 23, 2015. 

In accounting for the issuance of the note, the Company separated the note into liability and equity components. The carrying amount 
of the liability component was calculated by measuring the estimated fair value of a similar liability that does not have an  associated 
convertible feature. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the 
fair value of the liability component from the face value of the Note as a whole. The excess of the principal amount of the liability 
component over its carrying amount (“debt discount”) is amortized to interest expense over the term of the note using the effective 
interest method with an effective interest rate of 7.5 percent per annum. The equity component is not remeasured as long as it continues 
to meet the conditions for equity classification. 

On January 7, 2015, the components of the note were as follows: 

Liability component 
Equity component (a component of paid in capital) 

  $ 

  $ 

14,286   
714   
15,000   

Additionally, in connection with the transaction a $257 deferred tax liability was established and was recorded as a deduction to paid in 
capital. The deferred tax liability was recognized as the excess of the principal amount being amortized and charged to interest expense 
and is not tax deductible. 

As of December 31, 2018, the note had a remaining principal balance of $14,726 (less $196 debt issuance cost for a net debt $14,530) 
and an unamortized discount of $274. The difference between this amount and the amount initially recorded represents $440 of discount 
amortization.  

The Perella agreements included obligations on the part of the Company to timely file with the SEC its reports that are required to be 
filed pursuant to the Exchange Act.  Effective March 28, 2018, the Company has obtained waivers from the Holders with respect to any 
breaches, defaults or events of default that may have been or may be triggered in connection with the Company’s failure to timely file 
its reports with the SEC.   

74 

  
    
  
  
 
 
Note 16. Income Taxes  

On December 22, 2017, the legislation commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Jobs Act”) was enacted into law. The Jobs 
Act makes comprehensive changes to the U.S. tax code, including, but not limited to, reducing the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 
35% to 21%, changes to the rules related to uses and limitations of net operating loss carryforwards created in tax years beginning after 
December 31, 2017, immediate expensing of certain qualified property, creation  of a new limitation on deductible interest expense, 
repeal of the U.S. corporate minimum tax (“AMT”), and changes in the manner in which international operations are taxed in the U.S. 
Although the majority  of the changes resulting  from the Jobs  Act are effective beginning in 2018, U.S. GAAP requires that certain 
impacts of the Jobs Act be recognized in the income tax provision in the period of enactment.      

In response to the enactment  of the Jobs Act, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 118, which provides guidance  on 
accounting for the tax effects of the Jobs Act. SAB 118 provides a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from 
the Jobs Act enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740. To the extent that a company’s accounting for 
certain income tax effects of the Jobs Act is incomplete but is able to determine a reasonable estimate, it must record a provisional 
estimate in the financial statements.    

In accordance with SAB 118, the Company recorded a provisional increase to its net deferred tax asset of $0.4 million, which is primarily 
attributable to deferred tax liabilities related to indefinite lived intangible assets that became available as a source of taxable income to 
offset existing deferred tax assets and for the recognition of refundable alternative minimum tax credits as provided for in the Jobs Act.   

The Jobs Act includes a mandatory one-time transition tax on accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. As a result, all previously 
unremitted earnings for which no U.S. deferred tax liability had been accrued are now subject to U.S. tax. The Company recorded a 
provisional  amount  for  the  one-time  transition  tax  liability  for  all  of  its  foreign  subsidiaries  resulting  in  an  income  tax  expense  of 
approximately $0.5 million, which was offset by a reduction in the valuation allowance. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we 
increased our one-time transition tax on accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries by $0.3 million, which was offset by a reduction 
in the valuation allowance. Due to  our net loss position, we  were not subject to U.S.  federal and state taxes in connection with the 
deemed repatriation of foreign earnings.     

The Company completed its analysis of the Jobs Act during 2018. There was no impact to income tax expense as a result of the changes 
to provisional amounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements for the year-ended December 31, 2017. 

Approximately $3.8 million of the Company’s undistributed foreign earnings have been subject to US federal taxation as required by 
the  Jobs  Act.  The  Company’s  assertion  to  indefinitely  reinvest  its  foreign  earnings  remains  unchanged  despite  the  taxation  of  its 
undistributed foreign earnings. Upon remittance of these earnings, the Company would be subject to withholding tax and some state 
tax. It is not practicable to estimate the tax impact of the reversal of the outside basis difference, or the repatriation of cash due to the 
complexity associated with the calculation. 

The Jobs Act also establishes Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) provisions that impose a tax on foreign income in excess 
of a deemed return on tangible assets of foreign corporations. The Company has elected to recognize GILTI as a period cost as incurred, 
therefore there are no deferred taxes recognized for basis differences that are expected to impact the amount of the GILTI inclusion 
upon reversal. 

Information pertaining to the Company’s income before income taxes from continuing operations is as follows: 

Loss before income taxes: 
Domestic 
Foreign 
Total net loss before income taxes 

Years ended December 31, 
2017 

2016 

2018 

  $ 

  $ 

(5,313 )   $ 
(7,354 )     
(12,667 )   $ 

(6,289 )   $ 
(896 )     
(7,185 )   $ 

(24,795 ) 
1,040   
(23,755 ) 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
  
    
        
        
    
    
 
Information pertaining to the Company’s provision (benefit) for income taxes for continuing operations is as follows:        

Provision (benefit) for income taxes: 

Current: 

Federal 
State and local 
Foreign 

Deferred: 

Federal 
State and local 
Foreign 

Total provision (benefit) for income taxes 

Years ended December 31, 
2017 

2018 

2016 

  $ 

  $ 

(106 )    $ 
74        
1,753        
1,721        

49        
573        
(1,832 )      
(1,210 )      
511      $ 

262      $ 
79        
448        
789        

(389 )      
(954 )      
436        
(907 )      
(118 )    $ 

(2,033 ) 
(27 ) 
(310 ) 
(2,370 ) 

(136 ) 
1,163   
777   
1,804   
(566 ) 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for 
financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are 
as follows: 

Deferred tax assets: 

Accrued expenses 
Inventory 
Other liabilities 
Deferred gain 
Net operating loss carryforwards 
Tax credit carryforwards 
Capital loss carryforwards 
Unrealized foreign currency loss 
Interest expense 
Restructuring cost 
Property, plant and equipment 
Total deferred tax asset 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
Intangibles 
Discount on convertible notes 
Deferred State Income Tax 
Debt 
Investments 

Total deferred tax liability 

Valuation allowance 
Net deferred tax asset (liability) 

Year ended December 31, 
2017 
2018 

  $ 

  $ 

965      $ 
2,410        
696        
208        
6,209        
1,785        
442        
229        
2,845        
266        
1,777        
17,832        

5,047        
139        
407        
2,260        
62        
7,915        
(7,643 )      
2,274      $ 

1,092   
2,046   
432   
245   
7,463   
1,271   
188   
137   
2,026   
559   
1,240   
16,699   

10,077   
200   
386   
—   
176   
10,839   
(7,405 ) 
(1,545 ) 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we evaluate whether it is more likely than not (more than 50%) that some portion or 
all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future 
taxable income in those periods in which temporary differences become deductible and/or net operating losses can be utilized. We assess 
all positive and negative evidence when determining the amount of the net deferred tax assets that are more likely than not to be realized. 
This evidence includes, but is not limited to, prior earnings history, scheduled reversal of taxable temporary differences, tax planning 
strategies and projected future taxable income. Significant weight is given to positive and negative evidence that is objectively verifiable.  

76 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
         
    
    
         
         
    
    
    
  
    
    
         
         
    
    
    
    
  
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
         
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
As required by the authoritative guidance on accounting for income taxes, the Company evaluates the realizability of deferred tax assets 
on a jurisdictional basis at each reporting date. Accounting for income taxes requires that a valuation allowance be established when it 
is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In circumstances where there is sufficient 
negative evidence indicating that the deferred tax assets are not more likely than not realizable, we establish a valuation allowance. With 
the exception of certain more likely than not realizable state and federal credits, the Company maintains a valuation allowance against 
its U.S. net deferred tax assets and net deferred tax assets in certain foreign jurisdictions.      

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had U.S. federal and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $14.0 million 
and $5.3 million, respectively. The U.S. net operating loss carryforwards expire in 2036 and 2037.  The majority of the foreign loss 
carryforwards are available for carryforward indefinitely. The Company also had state net operating losses of approximately $0.6 million 
that are set to expire at varying periods between 2026 and 2037 if not utilized. As of December 31, 2018, the Company has a Texas 
Margin Tax Credit of $1.1 million and U.S. federal R&D credits of $0.1 million that may be utilized through 2026 and 2037, respectively. 

During fiscal 2018, the valuation allowance increased by $238. Any further increase or decrease in the valuation allowance could have 
favorable or unfavorable impact on the income tax provision in the period in which determination is made. 

The effective tax rate before income taxes varies from the current U.S. federal statutory income tax rate as follows: 

Statutory rate 
State and local taxes 
Permanent differences 
Tax credits 
Foreign operations 
Uncertain tax positions 
Remeasurement of deferred taxes 
Valuation allowance 
Other 

Years ended December 31, 
2017 
2018 

21.00 %     
0.45 %     
-11.93 %     
0.49 %     
-0.55 %     
-2.81 %     
0.00 %     
-9.69 %     
-1.00 %     
-4.04 %      

35.00 % 
1.07 % 
-5.55 % 
0.09 % 
-13.05 % 
-0.66 % 
-49.35 % 
30.97 % 
3.12 % 
1.64 % 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, is as follows: 

Balance at January 1, 
Increases in tax positions for prior years 
Increases in tax positions for current years 
Other 
Settlements 
Balance at December 31, 

2018 

2017 

1,016      $ 
2,352        
860        
(70 )      
(43 )      
4,115      $ 

741   
673   
(8 ) 
66   
(456 ) 
1,016   

   $ 

   $ 

Of the amounts reflected in the above table at December 31, 2018, approximately $0.8 million would reduce the Company’s annual 
effective tax rate if recognized.  The Company records accrued interest and penalties related to income tax matters in the provision for 
income taxes in the accompanying consolidated statement of income. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, interest 
and penalties recognized on unrecognized tax benefits were $266, $69 and $40, respectively. The accrued balance as of December 31, 
2018 and 2017 was $648 and $382, respectively. Included in the unrecognized tax benefits is a liability for the Romania income  tax 
audit for tax years 2012-2016.  Depending upon the final resolution of the audit, the uncertain tax position liabilities could be higher or 
lower than the amount recorded at December 31, 2018. It is not reasonably possible to estimate the change in unrecognized tax benefits 
within 12 months of the reporting date. 

The  Company  files  income  tax  returns  in  the  United  States,  Italy,  Romania  and  Argentina  as  well  as  various  state  and  local  tax 
jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to examination by the tax 
authorities for U.S. federal or state for the years before 2015, or foreign examinations for years before 2012.   

77 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
 
 
 
Note 17. Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures 

Interest received and paid, income taxes paid and non-cash transactions incurred during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 
2016 were as follows: 

Interest received in cash 
Interest paid in cash 
Income tax payments (refunds)  in cash 
Non-Cash Transactions: 

   $ 

2018 

2017 

2016 

167      $ 
5,841        
1        

—      $ 
7,234        
1,729        

—   
10,576   
(1,322 ) 

Proportional share of increase in equity investments' paid 
   in capital 
Share based compensation paid in connection with 
   Tadano transaction 
Equipment held for sale financed on a capital lease 
Terex note payment paid in stock (see Note 21) 

14       

11       

200       
—       
—       

—       
896        
—       

—   

—   
—   
150   

Note 18. Employee Benefits 

U.S. Plan 

The Company sponsors a 401(k) plan. The plan is intended to cover all non-union United States based employees. The plan is open to 
employees 21 years of age and older. There is no minimum employment duration required before eligibility. The plan allows for monthly 
enrollment and contribution changes. 

The Company currently matches dollar for dollar participants’ contributions up to 3% of the participants’ gross income and a 50% match 
on the next 2% of gross income. There is no dollar limit regarding matched funds and the plan also calls for immediate vesting of the 
employer contribution component. The employer match is paid when payroll is processed. 

The amount paid in matching contributions by the company for 2018, 2017 and 2016 were $386, $235 and $375, respectively. 

Non-U.S. Plan 

Employees in Italy are entitled to Trattamento di Fine Rapporto (“TFR”), commonly referred to as an employee leaving indemnity, 
which represents deferred compensation for employees in the private sector. Under Italian law, an entity is obligated to accrue for TFR 
on an individual employee basis payable to each individual upon termination of employment (including both voluntary and involuntary 
dismissal). The annual accrual is approximately 7% of total pay, with no ceiling, and is revalued each year by applying a pre-established 
rate of return of 1.50%, plus 75% of the Consumer Price Index, and is recorded by a book reserve. TFR is an unfunded plan. 

The accrued employee severance indemnity must be transferred to the Fund for the payment of severance pay to employees in the private 
sector, managed by the INPS (the National Social Contributions Authority), on behalf of the State, on a special account opened at the 
State Treasury. In this case the workers continue to have as their sole interlocutor the employer, who will provide monthly payment of 
the  amount  due  (together  with  the  social  contributions  due  to  INPS).  In  this  situation,  the  Company  will  pay  the  severance  to  the 
employees leaving and then those amounts will be compensated by the payments to be made in favor of INPS. 

The amount paid by the company for 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $213, $149, and $75. The amount allocated to the Employee severance 
indemnity provision in 2018, 2017 and 2016 were $579, $728 and $668.  

Note 19. Accrued Warranties 

A  liability  for  estimated  warranty  claims  is  accrued  at  the  time  of  sale.  The  liability  is  established  using  historical  warra nty  claim 
experience. Historical warranty experience is, however, reviewed by management. 

The current provision may be adjusted to take into account unusual or non-recurring events in the past or anticipated changes in future 
warranty  claims.  Adjustments  to  the  initial  warranty  accrual  are  recorded  if  actual  claim  experience  indicates  that  adjustments  are 
necessary. Warranty reserves are reviewed to ensure critical assumptions are updated for known events that may impact the potential 
warranty liability. 

78 

  
  
  
     
     
  
    
    
    
        
        
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the changes in product warranty liability: 

Balance January 1, 
Accrual for warranties issued during the year 
Warranty services provided 
Changes in estimates 
Foreign currency translation 
Balance December 31, 

Note 20. Long Lived Assets 

United States 
Italy 

Total Long-Lived Assets 

Long-Lived Assets are based on where the operating unit is domiciled. 

Note 21. Equity 

Tadano, Ltd. Investment in the Company 

2018 

2017 

  $ 

  $ 

2,030      $ 
3,549        
(3,317 )      
(267 )      
9        
2,004      $ 

1,568   
2,192   
(1,839 ) 
64   
45   
2,030   

2018 

18,365      $ 
66,891       
85,256     $ 

2017 

35,841   
79,025   
114,866   

  $ 

  $ 

On May 24, 2018, the Company  entered into a (a) Securities  Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) and (b) Registration 
Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with Tadano Ltd., a Japanese company (“Tadano”). 

Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to issue and sell to Tadano, and Tadano agreed to purchase from the Company, 
2,918,542 shares of the Company’s common stock, no par value (the “Shares”), representing approximately 14.9% of the outstanding 
shares of common stock of the Company (based on the number of outstanding shares as of the date of the Purchase Agreement), at a 
purchase price of $11.19 per share and for an aggregate purchase price of $32,658. The transaction closed on May 29, 2018 (the “Closing 
Date”).  The Shares were issued in a private placement exempt  from the registration  requirements of the Securities Act  of 1933, as 
amended (the “Securities Act”).   

The Purchase Agreement also provides for certain rights of Tadano and certain limitations on the Company, subject in each case to 
Tadano continuing to meet certain minimum ownership requirements. Specifically, so long as Tadano owns at least a majority of the 
Shares, Tadano has certain preemptive rights to purchase its pro rata share of specified equity securities (including certain derivative 
and convertible securities) issued by the Company after the Closing Date. Additionally, so long as Tadano owns at least 10% of the 
Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock, the Company is prohibited, absent Tadano’s consent, from, among other 
items: (i) increasing the number of directors on the Company’s board of directors to a number greater than ten; (ii) entering into certain 
related person or affiliated transactions, subject to certain exceptions; and (iii) authorizing or approving any plan of dissolution of the 
Company, any liquidating distribution of the Company’s assets or other action relating to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company. 
The Purchase Agreement also contains certain restrictions on asset sales by the Company. In addition, so long as it owns at  least 10% 
of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of common stock, Tadano shall have the right to nominate one individual to serve on 
the Company’s board of directors 

See the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 31, 2018 for additional 
information regarding this transaction. 

In connection with this transaction, the Company incurred legal, investment banking and consulting fees that in aggregate totaled $916.  
These fees are recorded net of common stock. 

Issuance of Common Stock 

On July 25, 2017, the Company issued 21,783 shares of common stock with a value of $154 to Avis Industrial Corporation.  The shares 
were issued as part of the consideration paid to purchase the Winona manufacturing facility. 

79 

 
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
On  October  14,  2016  the  Company  issued  41,948  shares  of  common  stock  with  a  value  of  $227  to  Avis  Industrial  Corporation  as 
payment for rent of the Company’s Winona, Minnesota facility.  The shares were valued based on closing price on October 14, 2016 of 
$5.41. 

At the Market Program 

On January 23, 2017, Manitex International Inc. entered into a Controlled Equity Offering Sales Agreement (“Sales Agreement”) with 
Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (“Cantor”) pursuant to which the Company may offer and sell shares of its common stock, no par value  per 
share, having an aggregate offering price up to $20 million through Cantor.  The Company thought it prudent to put a mechanism in 
place by which supplemental liquidity can be provided to address working capital requirements or other capital requirements that may 
arise in conjunction with production requirements.  Under the program, the Company’s stock is issued at the current market price and 
the Company pays a 7% commission to Cantor. 

The following table contains information regarding stock issued under the program: 

Date of Issue 
January 25, 2017 
January 27, 2017 
January 30, 2017 
January 31, 2017 

Shares 
Issued 

Shares 
Price 

Value of 
Shares 
Issued 

     Commissions      

     247,604     $  8.8750     $ 
     27,120     $  8.8376     $ 
1,100     $  8.6464     $ 
     18,700     $  8.6451     $ 
    $ 
     294,524         

2,197     $ 
240     $ 
10     $ 
162     $ 
2,609     $ 

Net 
Proceeds    
2,043   
223   
9   
151   
2,426   

154     $ 
17     $ 
1     $ 
11     $ 
183     $ 

Shares issued to Terex Corporation 

On March 1, 2016, the Company issued 30,425 shares of common stock to Terex Corporation as the Company elected to pay $150 of 
the final principal payment due March 1, 2016 in shares of the Company’s common stock. The share price for the transaction was $4.93 
which was determined based upon the average closing price for the twenty trading days ending the day before the payment was due.   

80 

 
  
     
     
    
  
 
 
Stock issued to employees and Directors 

The Company issued shares of common stock to employees and Directors at various times in 2018, 2017 and 2016 as restricted stock 
units issued under the Company’s 2004 Incentive  Plan vested. Upon issuance entries were recorded to increase  common stock and 
decrease paid in capital for the amounts shown below. The following is a summary of stock issuances that occurred during the three-
year period: 

  Shares Issued      

  Shares Issued      

Employees or 
Director 
   Directors 
   Employees      
   Directors 
   Employees      
   Directors 
   Directors 
   Employees      
   Employees      
   Directors 
   Directors 
   Directors 
   Employees 

Employees or 
Director 
   Directors 
   Employees      
   Directors 
   Employees      
   Employees      
   Directors 
   Directors 
   Directors 
   Employees 

Employees or 
Director 
   Directors 
   Employees      
   Employees      
   Directors 
   Employees      
   Directors 
   Employees 

Value of 
Shares Issued   
56   
160   
47   
159   
59   
135   
12   
39   
35   
61   
43   
104   
910   

4,420      $ 
12,536        
7,675        
26,215        
6,600        
11,600        
1,073        
6,750        
6,600        
6,800        
7,675        
18,559        
116,503      $ 

Value of 
Shares Issued   
54   
266   
47   
258   
32   
35   
59   
43   
131   
925   

4,290      $ 
20,932        
7,675        
42,533        
4,493        
6,600        
6,600        
7,675        
23,353        
124,151      $ 

Value of 
Shares Issued   
55   
329   
7   
36   
68   
128   
218   
841   

4,290      $ 
25,920        
642        
6,800        
7,511        
9,915        
13,798        
68,876      $ 

  Shares Issued      

Date of Issue 
January 1, 2018 
January 1, 2018 
January 4, 2018 
January 4, 2018 
January 15, 2018 
May 31, 2018 
May 31, 2018 
August 8, 2018 
September 15, 2018 
October 15, 2018 
December 14, 2018 
December 14, 2018 

Date of Issue 
January 1, 2017 
January 1, 2017 
January 4, 2017 
January 4, 2017 
June 1, 2017 
September 15, 2017 
October 16, 2017 
December 14, 2017 
December 14, 2017 

Date of Issue 
January 1, 2016 
January 1, 2016 
June 5, 2016 
September 15, 2016 
September 30, 2016 
December 31, 2016 
December 31, 2016 

81 

 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
      
  
  
      
         
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
      
  
  
      
         
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
      
 
 
Stock Repurchase 

The Company purchased shares of Common Stock at various times from certain employees at the closing price on date of purchase. The 
stock was purchased from the employees to satisfy employees’ withholding tax obligations related to stock issuances described above. 
The following is a summary of common stock purchased during 2018, 2017 and 2016: 

Date of Purchase 
January 1, 2018 
January 4, 2018 
August 8, 2018 
December 14, 2018 

January 1, 2017 
January 4,2017 
December 14, 2017 

January 1, 2016 
June 5, 2016 
September 30, 2016 
December 31, 2016 

Shares 
Purchased 

Closing Price 
on Date of 
Purchase 

3,183      $ 
5,709      $ 
1,978      $ 
2,651      $ 
13,521        

6,312      $ 
11,750      $ 
4,758      $ 
22,820        

7,074      $ 
197      $ 
2,254      $ 
3,530      $ 
13,055        

9.60   
9.39   
11.54   
6.60   

6.86   
7.27   
8.35   

5.95   
6.75   
5.51   
6.86   

2004 Equity Incentive Plan 

In 2004, the Company adopted the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and subsequently amended and restated the plan on September 13, 2007, 
May 28, 2009, June 5, 2013 and June 2, 2016. The maximum number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the plan 
is 1,329,364 shares. The total number of shares reserved for issuance however, can be adjusted to reflect certain corporate transactions 
or changes in the Company’s  capital structure.  The Company’s employees and members  of the board  of directors who are not  our 
employees or employees of our affiliates are eligible to participate in the plan. The plan is administered by a committee of  the board 
comprised of members who are outside directors. The plan provides that the committee has the authority to, among other things, select 
plan participants, determine the type and amount of awards, determine award terms, fix all other conditions of any awards, and interpret 
the plan and any plan awards. Under the plan, the committee can grant stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted 
stock units, performance shares and performance units, except Directors may not be granted stock appreciation rights, performance 
shares and performance units. During any calendar year, participants are limited in  the number of grants they may receive under the 
plan. In any year, an individual may not receive options for more than 15,000 shares, stock appreciation rights with respect to more than 
20,000 shares, more than 20,000 shares of restricted stock and/or an award for more than 10,000 performance shares or restricted stock 
units or performance units. The plan requires that the exercise price for stock options and stock appreciation rights be not less than fair 
market value of the Company’s common stock on date of grant. 

The Company awarded under the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan a total of 28,768; 24,493; and 329,325 restricted 
stock units to employees and directors during 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.  The restricted stock units are subject to the same 
conditions as the restricted stock awards except the restricted stock units will not have voting rights and the common stock will not be 
issued until the vesting criteria are satisfied. 

82 

 
 
  
     
  
     
     
     
     
  
     
    
  
     
         
    
     
     
     
  
     
    
  
     
         
    
     
     
     
     
  
     
    
 
 
Compensation  expense  in  2018,  2017  and  2016  includes  $639,  $798  and  $1,129  related  to  restricted  stock  units,  respectively. 
Compensation expense related to restricted stock units will be $219, $43 and $4 for 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively. 

The following is a summary of restricted stock units that were awarded during 2018, 2017 and 2016: 

2018 Grants 
May 15, 2018 

May 31, 2018 

May 31, 2018 
May 31, 2018 
August 20, 2018 

2017 Grants 
June 1, 2017 
October 9, 2017 

2016 Grants 
January 4, 2016 

September 15, 2016 

December 14, 2016 

Vesting Date 

  May 15, 2019 560 units; May 15, 
2020 560 units and May 15, 2021 
575 units 
  May 31, 2018 6,600 units; May 31, 
2019 6,600 units and May 31, 2020 
6,800 units 
  May 31, 2018 5,000 units 
  May 31, 2018 1,073 units 
 August 20, 2019 333 units; August 
20, 2020 333 units and August 20, 
2021 334 units 

Vesting Date 
  June 1, 2017 4,493 units 
 October 16, 2017 6,600 units; 
January 15, 2018 6,600 units and 
October 15, 2018 6,800 units 

Vesting Date 

 January 4, 2017 60,671 units; 
January 4, 2018 60,671 units and 
62,508 units January 4, 2019 
September 15, 2016 6,800 units; 
September 15, 2017 6,600 units and 
September 15, 2018 6,600 units 
December 14, 2017 41,407 units; 
December14, 2018 41,407 units 
and December 14, 2019 42,661 
units 

Number of 
Restricted 
Stock Units      

1,695     $ 

Closing Price on 
Date of Grant      
11.30     

Value of 
Restricted Stock 
Units Issued 

$ 

19   

20,000     $ 

11.64     

5,000     $ 
1,073     $ 

$ 
11.64     $ 
11.64     $ 

1,000     $ 
28,768       

11.46     $ 
      $ 

233   
58   
12   

11   
333   

Number of 
Restricted 
Stock Units      

Closing Price on 
Date of Grant      

Value of 
Restricted Stock 
Units Issued 

4,493     $ 

7.01     $ 

31   

20,000     $ 
24,493       

9.00     $ 
      $ 

180   
211   

Number of 
Restricted 
Stock Units      

Closing Price on 
Date of Grant      

Value of 
Restricted Stock 
Units Issued 

183,850     $ 

6.07     $ 

1,116   

20,000     $ 

5.32     $ 

106   

125,475     $ 
329,325       

5.60     $ 
      $ 

703   
1,925   

The  following  table  contains  information  regarding  restricted  stock  units  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2018, 2017  and  2016, 
respectively: 

Outstanding on January 1, 
Units granted during period 
Vested and issued 
Vested—issued and repurchased for income tax withholding      
Forfeited 
Outstanding on December 31 

2018 
168,763       
28,768       
(102,982 )     
(13,521 )     
(8,154 )     
72,874       

Restricted Stock Units 
2017 
342,004       
24,493       
(101,331 )     
(22,820 )     
(73,583 )     
168,763       

2016 
118,773   
329,325   
(55,821 ) 
(13,055 ) 
(37,218 ) 
342,004   

83 

 
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
  
    
    
  
    
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
    
  
    
      
        
        
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
       
       
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
Note 22. Recent Accounting Guidance 

Recently Issued Pronouncements – Not Adopted  

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),” (“ASU 2016-02”), which requires lessees to recognize assets 
and liabilities for leases with lease terms of more than 12 months and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. Consistent 
with current U.S. GAAP, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee 
primarily will depend on its classification as a finance or operating lease.  Subsequently, the FASB issued the following standards related 
to  ASU  2016-02:  ASU  2018-01,  “Land  Easement  Practical  Expedient  for  Transition  to  Topic  842,”,  ASU  2018-10,  “Codification 
Improvements to Topic 842, Leases”, ASU 2018-11, “Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements” (“ASU 2018-11”) and ASU 2018-
20, “Narrow-Scope Improvements for Lessors”, which provided additional guidance and clarity to ASU 2016-02 (collectively, the “New 
Lease  Standard”).  The  Company  has  adopted  the  New  Lease  Standard  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2019  under  the  alternative 
transition method permitted by ASU 2018-11. This transition method allows an entity to initially apply the requirements of the New 
Lease  Standard  at  the  adoption  date,  versus  at  the  beginning  of  the  earliest  period  presented,  and  recognize  a  cumulative-effect 
adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The New Lease Standard provides a number of optional 
practical expedients in transition. The Company expects to elect the transition package of practical expedients, the practical expedient 
to not separate lease and non-lease components for all of its leases, and the short-term lease recognition exemption for all of its leases 
that qualify for it. The Company has estimated additions of $3,245 for right of use assets and $3,263 for liabilities to be reflected in the 
Quarterly Report on the Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2019.   

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification 
of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income,” (“ASU 2018-2”). ASU 2018-02 allows a reclassification from 
accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from H.R. 1 “An Act to provide for 
reconciliation pursuant to titles II and V of the concurrent resolution on the budget for fiscal year 2018” (commonly known as “Tax 
Cuts and Jobs Act”). The effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. The Company is evaluating the impact that adoption 
of this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 outlines a 
new, single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes 
most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. This new revenue recognition model provides a five-
step analysis in determining when and how revenue is recognized. The new model will require revenue recognition to depict the transfer 
of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration a company expects to receive in exchange for 
those goods or services. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, “Deferral of the Effective Date”, which amends ASU 2014-
09.  As a result, the effective date is the first quarter of 2018, with early adoption permitted.  The Company adopted this guidance during 
the quarter ended March 31, 2018 on a modified retrospective basis. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on 
the operating results when adopted.  

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, "Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of 
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities." The amendments in ASU 2016-01, among other things, require equity investments (except 
those accounted for under the equity method of accounting, or those that result in consolidation of the investee) to be measured at fair 
value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; requires public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring 
fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes; requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by 
measurement category and form of financial asset (i.e., securities or loans and receivables); and eliminates the requirement for public 
business entities to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate fair value that is required to be disclosed for 
financial instruments measured at amortized cost. The effective date is the first quarter of fiscal year 2018.  The Company adopted this 
guidance during the quarter ended March 31, 2018. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the operating 
results when adopted.  

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-08,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606)  Principal  versus  Agent 
Considerations  (Reporting  Revenue  Gross  versus  Net),”  (“ASU  2016-08”).  ASU  2016-08  further  clarifies  principal  and  agent 
relationships within ASU 2014-09. Similar to ASU 2014-09, the effective date is the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 with early adoption 
permitted in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017.  The Company adopted this guidance during the quarter ended March 31, 2018 on a 
modified retrospective basis. The adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the operating results when adopted.  

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  April  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-10,  “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606),  Identifying  Performance 
Obligations and Licensing” (“ASU 2016-10”).  The amendments in ASU 2016-10 are expected to reduce the cost and complexity of 
applying  the  guidance  on  identifying  promised  goods  or  services  in  contracts  with  customers  and  to  improve  the  operability  and 
understandability  of  licensing  implementation  guidance  related  to  the  entity's  intellectual  property.   Similar  to  ASU  2014-09,  the 
effective date is the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 with early adoption permitted in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017. The Company 
adopted this guidance during the quarter ended March 31, 2018 on a modified retrospective basis. The adoption of this guidance did not 
have a significant impact on the operating results when adopted.  

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and 
Cash Payments,” (“ASU 2016-15”).  ASU 2016-15 reduces the existing diversity in practice in financial reporting by clarifying existing 
principles in ASC 230, “Statement  of Cash Flows,” and provides specific guidance  on  certain  cash  flow classification issues.   The 
effective date for ASU 2016-15 is the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 with early adoption permitted. The Company made an election to 
use the “Cumulative Earning Approach” to  classify distributions received  from  equity investments.  Other than the aforementioned 
election (which may have a future impact), the adoption of this guidance during the quarter ended March 31, 2018, did not have an 
impact on the Company’s Statement of Cash Flows. 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, “Income Taxes (Topic 740) - Intra-Entity Transfer of Assets Other than Inventory,” 
(“ASU 2016-16”).  ASU 2016-16 requires recognition of current and deferred income taxes resulting from an intra-entity transfer of 
any asset (excluding inventory) when the transfer occurs. This is a change from existing GAAP which prohibits recognition of current 
and deferred income taxes until the asset is sold to a third party.  The effective date for ASU 2016-16 is the first quarter of fiscal year 
2018 with early adoption permitted.  The Company adopted this guidance during the quarter ended March 31, 2018.  The adoption of 
this guidance did not have a significant impact on the operating results when adopted. 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) - Restricted Cash,” (“ASU 2016-18”). ASU 
2016-18 requires a statement of cash flows to explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts 
generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash 
equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts 
shown on the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted ASU 2016-18 on January 1, 2018. Adoption did not have a material effect 
on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business,” (“ASU 
2017-01”). ASU 2017-01 provides guidance in ascertaining whether a collection of assets and activities is considered a business. The 
effective date is the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, with prospective application. The Company adopted this guidance during the quarter 
ended March 31, 2018. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the operating results when adopted. 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill 
Impairment,” (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Instead, an entity should perform 
its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should 
recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, if any. The loss 
recognized  should  not  exceed  the  total  amount  of  goodwill  allocated  to  that  reporting  unit.  Additionally,  an  entity  should  consider 
income  tax  effects  from  any  tax-deductible  goodwill  on  the  carrying  amount  of  the  reporting  unit  when  measuring  the  goodwill 
impairment. The effective date is the first quarter of fiscal year 2020, with early adoption permitted in 2017. The Company adopted this 
guidance during the year ended December 31, 2018.   

Except  as  noted  above,  the  guidance  issued  by  the  FASB  during  the  current  year  is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  effect  on  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

Note 23. Transactions between the Company and Related Parties 

In the course of conducting its business, the Company has entered into certain related party transactions. 

C&M is a distributor of Terex rough terrain and truck cranes.  As such, C&M purchases cranes and parts from Terex. Additionally, The 
Company has a convertible note with a face amount of $7,500 payable to Terex.  See Note 15 for additional details.   

During the quarter ended March 31, 2017, the Company was the majority owner of ASV and, therefore, ASV was not a related party 
during that period.  In May 2017, the Company reduced is its ownership interest in ASV to 21.2% and in February 2018 further reduced 
its ownership to approximately 11%.   As such, ASV became a related party beginning in the quarter ended June 30, 2017.  The Company 
did not have any transactions with ASV during 2018. 

85 

 
 
 
  
 
 
As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, the Company had accounts receivable and accounts payable with related parties as shown below: 

   December 31, 2018 
   $ 

      December 31, 2017 

Accounts Receivable 

   SL Industries 
   ASV 
   Terex 

Accounts Payable 

   Terex 
   SL Industries and BGI (1) 

Net Related Party 
   Accounts Payable 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

—      $ 
—        
23        
23      $ 

1,394      $ 
—        
1,394      $ 

1,371      $ 

28   
26   
—   
54   

100   
1,285   
1,385   

1,331   

The following is a summary of the amounts attributable to certain related party transactions as described in the footnotes to the table, 
for the periods indicated: 

Bridgeview Facility (2) 
Sales to: 

SL Industries, Ltd (1) 
Terex 
Lift Ventures 

Total Sales 
Inventory Purchases from: 
SL Industries, Ltd (1) 
Lift Ventures 
BGI (1) 
Terex 

Total Inventory Purchases 

2018 

2017 

2016 

  $ 

268     $ 

263     $ 

259   

n/a       
43       
—       
43       

8       
34       
—       
42       

n/a       
—       
n/a       
2,306       
2,306     $ 

564       
618       
2,886       
990       
5,058     $ 

  $ 

1   
—   
14   
15   

15   
1,985   
—   
1,723   
3,723   

(1) 

(2) 

These companies are controlled by a former executive officer of the Company.  The former officer retired effective December 31, 2016 but 
provided consulting services to the Company through April 30, 2017.  Although the Company  continues to purchase from SL Industries and 
BGI, these entities are not related parties after December 31, 2017. Therefore, accounts payable to these companies are included in trade payables 
in 2018. 

The Company leases its 40,000 sq. ft. Bridgeview facility from an entity controlled by Mr. David Langevin, the Company’s Chairman and CEO. 
Pursuant to the terms of the lease, the Company makes monthly lease payments of $23. The Company is also responsible for all the associated 
operations expenses, including insurance, property taxes, and repairs. On October 3, 2018, the lease was amended to extend the initial lease term 
to fifteen years expiring in May 3, 2025 with a provision for an option one five-year period and thereafter, six one-year extension periods. The 
lease contains a rental escalation clause under which annual rent is increased during the initial lease term by the lesser of the increase in the 
Consumer Price Increase or 2.0%. Rent for any extension period shall, however, be the then-market rate for similar industrial buildings within 
the market area. The Company has the option to purchase the building by giving the Landlord written notice at any time prior to the date that is 
180 days prior to the expiration of the lease or any extension period. The Landlord can require the Company to purchase the building if a Change 
of Control Event, as defined in the agreement occurs by giving written notice to the Company at any time prior to the date that is 180 days prior 
to expiration of the lease or any extension period. The purchase price regardless whether the purchase is initiated by the Company or the landlord 
will be the Fair Market Value as of the closing date of said sale.      

Transactions with Terex 

On December 19, 2014, Terex became a related party. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company has the following note payable 
to Terex: 

Convertible note 

See Note 15 for additional details regarding the above debt obligations. 

Years Ended December 31, 

2018 

2017 

  $ 

7,158     $ 

7,005   

86 

 
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
     
         
    
  
     
  
     
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
    
        
        
    
  
    
    
    
    
        
        
    
  
    
  
    
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
On March 4, 2016, CVS and Terex Operations Italy S.R.L. (“TOI”) entered into an agreement whereby TOI acquired certain inventories 
and intellectual property related to CVS’ terminal tractor line.  The transaction totaled €2,839 ($3,119)  inclusive  of VAT taxes and 
resulted in a gain of €1,987 ($2,212), which is included in loss on sale of discontinued operations.  The transaction also contained a 
contract manufacturing requirement for CVS to continue production of the terminal tractor line for TOI for a period of nine months.  
After this period of time CVS will have the access to terminal tractor equipment directly from TOI under a private label agreement.   

Note 24. Legal Proceedings and Other Contingencies 

The  Company  is  involved  in  various  legal  proceedings,  including  product  liability,  employment  related  issues,  and  workers’ 
compensation matters which have arisen in the normal course of operations. The Company has product liability insurance with self-
insurance retention that range from $50 to $500.   

Certain cases are at a preliminary stage, and it is not possible to estimate the amount or timing of any cost to the Company. However, 
the Company does not believe that these contingencies, in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company.  

The Company has been named as a defendant in several multi-defendant asbestos related product liability lawsuits. In certain instances, 
the Company is indemnified by a former owner of the product line in question. In the remaining cases the plaintiff has, to date, not been 
able to establish any exposure by the plaintiff to the Company’s products. The Company is uninsured with respect to these cla ims but 
believes that it will not incur any material liability with respect to these claims. 

When it is probable that a loss has been incurred and possible to make a reasonable estimate of the Company’s liability with respect to 
such matters, a provision is recorded for the amount of such estimate or the minimum amount of a range of estimates when it is not 
possible to estimate the amount within the range that is most likely to occur. The Company established reserves for several PM lawsuits 
in conjunction with the accounting for this acquisition. 

Additionally, beginning on December 31, 2011, the Company’s worker’s compensation insurance policy has per claim deductible of 
$250 and annual aggregates of $1,000 to $1,875 depending on the policy year. The Company is fully insured for any amount on any 
individual claim that exceeds the deductible and for any additional amounts of all claims once the aggregate is reached. The Company 
currently has several worker’s compensation claims related to injuries that occurred after December 31, 2011 and therefore are subject 
to a deductible. The Company does not believe that the contingencies associated with these worker compensation claims in aggregate 
will have a material adverse effect on the Company.  

On May 5, 2011, Company entered into two separate settlement agreements with two plaintiffs. As of December 31, 2018, the Company 
has a remaining obligation under the agreements to pay the plaintiffs $1,235 without interest in 13 annual installments of $95 on or 
before May 22 each year. The Company has recorded a liability for the net present value of the liability. The difference between the net 
present value and the total payment will be charged to interest expense over payment period. 

It is reasonably possible that the “Estimated Reserve for Product Liability Claims” may change within the next 12 months. A change in 
estimate could occur if a case is settled for more or less than anticipated, or if additional information becomes known to the Company. 

Romania Income Tax Audit 

As described in Note 16, included in the unrecognized tax benefits is a liability for the Romania income tax audit for tax years 2012-
2016.  Depending upon the final resolution of the audit, the liability could be higher or lower than the amount recorded at December 31, 
2018. 

Residual Value Guarantees 

The Company issues partial residual value guarantees to support a customer’s financing of equipment purchased from the Company. A 
residual value guarantee involves a guarantee that a piece of equipment will have a minimum fair market value at a future date if certain 
conditions are met by the customer. The Company has issued partial residual guarantees that have maximum exposure of approximately 
$1.6 million in the aggregate.  The Company does not have any reason to believe that any exposure from such a guarantee is either 
probable or estimable at this time, as such, no liability has been recorded. The Company’s ability to recover losses experienced from its 
guarantees may be affected by economic conditions in used equipment markets at the time of loss. 

SEC Investigation 

The Company continues to comply with the SEC investigation regarding the Company’s restatement of prior financial statements, which 
was completed in April 2018. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
Note 25. Unaudited Quarterly Financial Data  

Summarized quarterly financial data for 2018 and 2017 are as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts). 

Net revenues 
Gross Profit 
Net (loss) income from continuing 
   operations attributable to shareholders 
   of Manitex International,Inc. 
Net income (loss) from discontinued 
   operations attributable to shareholders of 
   Manitex International, Inc. 
Net (loss) income attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 
Earnings (Loss) per Share 

Basic 

(Loss) earnings from continuing 
   operations attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 
Earnings (Loss) from discontinued 
   operations attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 
Loss attributable to shareholders 
   of Manitex International,  Inc. 

Diluted 

(Loss) earnings from continuing 
   operations attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 
Earnings (Loss) from discontinued 
   operations attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 
(Loss) earnings attributable to 
   shareholders of Manitex 
   International, Inc. 

Shares outstanding 

Basic 
Diluted 

1st Qtr 

   2nd Qtr 

2018 
      3rd Qtr 

      4th Qtr 

1st Qtr 

   2nd Qtr 

   3rd Qtr 

      4th Qtr 

2017 

   $ 

56,675       $ 
11,100         

63,904       $ 
12,441         

60,938       $ 
11,994         

60,590       $ 
8,512         

40,119       $ 
7,392         

52,051       $ 
9,404         

56,464       $ 
9,873         

64,478   
10,177   

(1,485 )       

(967 )       

122         

(10,847 )       

(3,425 )       

(1,490 )       

(1,522 )       

(630 ) 

—         

—         

—         

—         

137         

(971 )       

15         

(192 ) 

$ 

(1,485 )     $ 

(967 )     $ 

122       $ 

(10,847 )     $ 

(3,288 )     $ 

(2,461 )     $ 

(1,507 )     $ 

(822 ) 

$ 

(0.09 )     $ 

(0.05 )     $ 

0.01       $ 

(0.55 )     $ 

(0.21 )     $ 

(0.09 )     $ 

(0.09 )     $ 

(0.04 ) 

$ 

$ 

—       $ 

—       $ 

—       $ 

—       $ 

0.01       $ 

(0.06 )     $ 

0.00       $ 

(0.01 ) 

(0.09 )     $ 

(0.05 )     $ 

0.01       $ 

(0.55 )     $ 

(0.20 )     $ 

(0.15 )     $ 

(0.09 )     $ 

(0.05 ) 

$ 

(0.09 )     $ 

(0.05 )     $ 

0.01       $ 

(0.55 )     $ 

(0.21 )     $ 

(0.09 )     $ 

(0.09 )     $ 

(0.04 ) 

$ 

$ 

—       $ 

—       $ 

—       $ 

—       $ 

0.01       $ 

(0.06 )     $ 

0.00       $ 

(0.01 ) 

(0.09 )     $ 

(0.05 )     $ 

0.01       $ 

(0.55 )     $ 

(0.20 )     $ 

(0.15 )     $ 

(0.09 )     $ 

(0.05 ) 

   16,666,937          17,734,383          19,610,168          19,625,695          16,559,343          16,553,667          16,573,927          16,595,726   
   16,666,937          17,734,383          19,694,379          19,625,695          16,559,343          16,553,667          16,573,927          16,595,726   

Note 26. Discontinued Operations 

Company Sells Liftking 

On September 30, 2016, the Company completed the sale of Manitex Liftking, ULC, an Alberta unlimited liability corporation pursuant 
to a Share Purchase Agreement (the “Liftking  Purchase Agreement”)  with Mi-Jack Products,  Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary 
Liftking Acquisition ULC.   

The Company received cash consideration of $14 million.  The Company recognized a pre-tax loss of $9,296 on the sale including 
transaction expenses of $551. The pre-tax loss includes a non-cash portion related to intangible assets and goodwill write-offs of $2,710 
and $3,686, respectively.  The aforementioned intangible and goodwill represents an allocation of a portion of the Lifting Equipment 
segment’s intangibles and goodwill that existed on the date of sale.  The allocation percentage was arrived at by computing the full value 
of the Lifting Equipment segment and subtracting the value of the cash consideration that the Company received related to the Liftking 
disposition.  The Company did record an income tax benefit of $453 attributable to this transaction.  

88 

 
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
  
     
     
     
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
  
  
          
             
        
  
        
          
             
        
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
  
  
  
     
          
          
          
          
          
          
          
    
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Sells CVS 

On December 22, 2016, Manitex International, Inc. (the “Company”) completed the sale of its CVS Ferrari srl (“CVS”) subsidiary to 
two Italian companies BP S.r.l. and NEIP III S.p.A. (collectively the “Purchasers”) for $5 million in cash, less $1.3 million payable for 
inventory due in 2017, and the assumption of $14 million of net CVS debt (the “Transaction”). The Transaction was consummated  
pursuant to a Sale and Purchase Agreement between the Company and the Purchasers (the “Purchase Agreement”). The Purchasers are 
privately-held  manufacturers  and  service  providers  for  terminal  handling  equipment  provided  around  the  world.  As  part  of  the 
transaction, the Company retained the operations of CVS’s Valla division, which offers a full range of electric precision pick and carry 
cranes. 

The Company recognized a pre-tax loss of $7,984 on the sale including transaction expenses of $650.  The pre-tax loss includes a non-
cash portion related to intangible assets and goodwill write-offs of $2,649 and $4,358, respectively.  The aforementioned intangible and 
goodwill  represents  an  allocation  of  a  portion  of  CVS’s  segment’s  intangibles  and  goodwill  that  existed  on  the  date  of  sale.    The 
allocation percentage was arrived at by computing the full value of the Lifting Equipment segment and subtracting the value of the cash 
consideration  that  the  Company  received  related  to  the  CVS  disposition.    The  Company  did  record  an  income  tax  benefit  of  $100 
attributable to this transaction.  

As disclosed in Note 23, in March 2016 the Company recognized a gain of $2,212 from the sale of inventory and intellectual property 
related to CVS’s terminal tractor line.  

Sale of ASV Shares 

On  May  11,  2017,  in  anticipation  of  an  initial  public  offering,  ASV  Holdings  converted  from  an  LLC  to  a  C-Corporation  and  the 
Company’s 51% interest was converted to 4,080,000 common shares of ASV Holdings.  On May 17, 2017, in connection within its 
initial public offering (“IPO”), ASV Holdings sold 1,800,000 of its own shares and the Company sold 2,000,000 shares of ASV Holdings 
common stock.  After the IPO, the Company held a 21.2% interest in ASV Holdings, but no longer has a controlling interest in  ASV 
holdings.  ASV Holdings was deconsolidated during the quarter ended June 30, 2017 and is recorded as an equity investment starting 
with quarter ended June 30, 2017.  The Company recognized a loss of $1,133 in connection with the sale of these shares. 

Following the sale of the above referenced shares, the Company had significant continuing involvement with ASV in the form of an 
equity investment (21.2% ownership in ASV).  At the time of the above transaction, the Company plans were to hold the remaining 
shares it owned in ASV for an indefinite period.   Although the Company had no plans to sell additional shares, the sale of additional 
shares in the future remained an option.   If the Company were to sell more than 117,600 shares, the Company would cease to  account 
for its investment in ASV as an Equity Investment.    

Over the period from February 26-28, 2018, the Company sold an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of ASV Holdings, Inc. in privately-
negotiated transactions with institutional purchasers.  All such shares were sold for $7.00 per share.  Following such sale transactions, 
the Company owns an aggregate of 1,080,000 shares of ASV Holdings, Inc., which equates to an ownership of approximately 11%. 
After the sale of the shares, the Company no longer accounts for the investment in ASV using the equity method of accounting. The 
Company incurred a loss of $205 on the sale these shares. 

Net revenues 
Cost of sales 
Research and development costs 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Interest expense 
Other income 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes 
Loss on sale of discontinued operations including transactions 
   expense of $128 and $551 in 2017 and 2016, respectively 

Total loss on discontinued operations before 
   income taxes 

Income tax expense related to discontinued operations 
Net loss on discontinued operations 

   For the Year Ended December 31, 

2017 

2016 

   $ 

38,357      $ 
32,403        
694        
3,504        
1,156        
(40 )      
560        

170,340   
143,656   
2,667   
16,064   
8,094   
(118 ) 
(23 ) 

(1,302 )      

(14,418 ) 

(742 )      
(5 )      
(737 )    $ 

(14,441 ) 
37   
(14,478 ) 

   $ 

89 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
27.  Impairment of Lift Venture Investment 

In December 2014, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement pursuant to which Lift Ventures LLC was formed. The joint 
venture was formed to manufacture and sell certain products and components, including the Company's Schaeff electric forklift business, 
which was operated by the Company's Liftking subsidiary and certain other Liftking products. One of the other partners in the joint 
venture contributed design services which were to be used to develop additional new products for the joint venture.   

As a result of the sale, in the third quarter of 2016, of the Company's Liftking subsidiary, Lift Ventures LLC will no longer have the 
right to sell Schaeff and Liftking products in the future.  Additionally, as a result of certain financial difficulties  experienced by the 
partner, who was to contribute design services, it will not be able to provide such services.  As a result of these events, the Company 
had determined that its investment in the Lift Ventures had become impaired and had recognized an impairment charge of $5,647 to 
write off its entire investment in Lift Ventures LLC. 

90 

 
  
ITEM 9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

Under the supervision of and with the participation of management and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, the Company 
conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act, as of December 31, 2018.  The Company’s evaluation has identified certain material 
weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting as noted below in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial 
Reporting. Based on the evaluation of these material weaknesses, the Company has concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls 
and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2018 to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the 
reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified 
in the SEC’s rules and forms. Based on a number of factors, including the completion of the Audit Committee’s internal investigation, 
our  internal  review  that  identified  revisions  to  our  previously  issued  financial  statements,  and  efforts  to  remediate  the  material 
weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below we believe the consolidated financial statements in this Annual 
Report fairly present, in all material respects, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of the dates, and for the 
periods, presented, in conformity with GAAP. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-
15(f) and 15d-15(f) of  the  Exchange Act.  The Company’s internal control  over  financial reporting is a process designed to provide 
reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  its  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  its  financial  statements  for  external 
purposes in accordance with GAAP and includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in 
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management  and  directors  of  the  Company;  and  (iii) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of 
unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the  Company’s  assets  that  could  have  a  material  effect  on  the  financial  statements. 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Under the supervision of and with the participation of management, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its 
internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the  Treadway Commission (“COSO”). A material weakness is a control deficiency,  or combination of 
control deficiencies, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement to the annual or interim financial statements 
will  not  be  prevented  or  detected  on  a  timely  basis.    Based  upon  that  evaluation,  management  identified  the  following  material 
weaknesses  at December 31, 2017 in the Company’s internal control  over  financial reporting, principally related to the Company’s 
period-end financial reporting and consolidation processes and still exist at December 31, 2018: 

1.  We did not maintain an adequate process for the intake of new contracts, customers and vendors, particularly for contracts 
involving unique transaction structures or unusual obligations on the part of the Company, to ensure that all contracts are 
appropriately reviewed and approved, and the associated financial reporting requirements associated with such contracts 
and transactions structures are properly identified and complied with in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles. 

2.  We did not maintain adequate entity-level controls with respect to ensuring adequate supporting documentation for journal 
entries and review procedures with respect to journal entries and disbursements that were unusual in nature and of significant 
amounts.   

3.  We did not maintain an adequate review process with respect to the accounting of bill-and-hold transactions and ensuring 

proper revenue recognition.  

4.  We did not maintain a formal and consistent policy for establishing inventory reserves for excess and obsolete inventory. 

91 

 
 
 
Based upon the above evaluation, management identified the following additional material weaknesses at December 31, 2018 in the 
Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  principally  related  to  the  Company’s  period-end  financial  reporting  and 
consolidation processes: 

1.  We did not maintain an effective control environment over information technology general controls, based on the criteria 

established in the COSO framework, to enable identification and mitigation of risks of material accounting errors. 

2. 

The Company historically has acquired a number of non-public companies. In the course of integrating these companies’ 
financial  reporting  methods  and  systems  with  those  of  the  Company,  the  Company  has  not  effectively  designed  and 
implemented  effective  internal  control  activities,  based  on  the  criteria  established  in  the  COSO  framework,  across  the 
organization in connection with such acquisitions.  We have identified deficiencies in the principles associated with the 
control  activities  component  of  the  COSO  framework.    Specifically,  these  control  deficiencies  constitute  material 
weaknesses,  either  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  relating  to  (i)  our  ability  to  attract,  develop,  and  retain  sufficient 
personnel to perform control activities, (ii) selecting and developing control activities that contribute to the mitigation of 
risks and support achievement of objectives, (iii) deploying control activities through consistent policies that establish what 
is expected and procedures that put policies into action, and (iv) holding individuals accountable for their internal control 
related responsibilities. 

As a result of the material weaknesses in internal control  over financial reporting described above, management  concluded that the 
Company’s internal control  over  financial reporting was not  effective as of December 31, 2018 based  on the  criteria established in 
Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. Additionally, these material weaknesses could result in a misstatement 
of the aforementioned account balances or disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to the annual or interim consolidated 
financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. 

Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 has 
been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein. 

Management’s Remediation Activities 

During  2018,  management  invested  significant  time  and  effort  to  remediate  one  of  the  material  weaknesses  identified  in  2017. 
Specifically, the following remediation actions were taken and completed: 

 

Hotline – In 2018 we updated our whistleblower hotline materials for our U.S. based companies, including instructions on 
the use of the line and a new policy specific to the issues of Retaliation. In addition, posters were to be posted in busy 
locations around the plants and offices.  It is the intent of the Company to roll out the hotline every other year.  

Other than the changes disclosed above and the identification of two new material weaknesses, there were no changes in internal control 
over financial reporting (as defined by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15) that occurred during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2018, that 
have materially affected, or are likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting. 

Plan for Remediation of the Material Weaknesses in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Management  has  been  actively  engaged  in  the  planning  for,  and  implementation  of,  remediation  efforts  to  address  the  material 
weaknesses, as well as other identified areas of risk. These remediation efforts, outlined below, are intended both to address the identified 
material weaknesses and to enhance the Company’s overall financial control environment. Management’s planned actions to further 
address these issues in fiscal year 2019 include: 

 

 

 

 

Review of existing policies and procedures against a standard list of criteria to ensure that new business relationships and 
atypical transaction structures are properly vetted (including for any related party transaction issues), and related accounting 
and  other  requirements  are  clearly  identified  and  complied  with  in  accordance  with  Generally  Accepted  Accounting 
Principles, including with respect to all new customers and business relationships beginning with the first quarter of 2019; 

Establish controls to prevent anyone in a senior management position from being able to post manual journal entries, and 
require all manual journal entries to be reviewed and approved by an appropriate individual other than the preparer; 

Closely review all bill-and-hold transactions to ensure that the appropriate documentation is maintained in order to properly 
recognize revenue, and implement controls to ensure that goods are shipped prior to invoicing, unless it is being recognized on 
a valid bill-and-hold basis; 

Implement a formal and consistent policy for establishing inventory reserves for excess and obsolete inventory and situations 
where net realizable value is less than inventory cost; 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

Hire an information technology director to evaluate and improve the information technology controls at our U.S. operations 
so as to enable us to identify and mitigate risks of material accounting errors; 

Other control improvements will include employee retraining with respect to the Company’s Code of Ethics; and 

Executive oversight will be improved through additional reporting requirements and meetings. 

The audit committee has directed management to develop a detailed plan and timetable for the implementation of the foregoing remedial 
measures (to the  extent not already  completed) and will monitor their implementation. In addition, under the direction  of the audit 
committee, management will continue to review and make necessary changes to the overall design of the Company’s internal control 
environment, as well as policies and procedures to improve the overall effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. 

Management believes the measures described above and others that will be implemented will remediate the control deficiencies  the 
Company  has  identified  and  strengthen  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Management  is  committed  to  continuous 
improvement  of the Company’s internal  control processes and will continue to diligently  review the Company’s  financial reporting 
controls  and  procedures.  As  management  continues  to  evaluate  and  work  to  improve  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  the 
Company  may  determine  to  take  additional  measures  to  address  control  deficiencies  or  determine  to  modify,  or  in  appropriate 
circumstances not to complete, certain of the remediation measures described above. 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Form 10-K as the Company intends to file with the SEC its definitive Proxy 
Statement for its 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2019 Proxy Statement”) pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, 
not later than 120 days after December 31, 2018. 

PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information under the headings “Nominees to Serve Until the 2020 Annual Meeting,” “Executive Officers of the Company who are 
not also Directors,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Committee on Directors and Board Governance,” 
and “Audit Committee” in our 2019 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

Our directors, executive officers and stockholders with ownership of 10% or greater are required, under Section 16(a) of the Exchange 
Act, to file reports of their ownership and changes to their ownership of our securities with the SEC. Based solely on our review of the 
reports and any written representations we received that no other reports were required, we believe that, during the year ended December 
31,  2018,  all  of  our  officers,  directors  and  stockholders  with  ownership  of  10%  or  greater  complied  with  all  Section  16(a)  filing 
requirements applicable to them, except Steve Kiefer, an executive officer, filed a Form 4 on January 9, 2019 reporting a transaction 
that had occurred on May 31, 2018. 

Code of Ethics 

The Company has adopted a code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer, 
in accordance with Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules of the SEC promulgated thereunder, and the NASDAQ 
rules. The code of ethics also applies to all employees of the Company as well as the Board of Directors. In the event that any changes 
are made or any waivers from the provisions of the code of ethics are made, these events would be disclosed on the Company’s website 
or  in  a  report  on  Form  8-K  within  four  business  days  of  such  event.  The  code  of  ethics  is  posted  on  our  website  at 
www.manitexinternational.com. Copies of the code of ethics will be provided free of charge upon written request directed to Investor 
Relations, Manitex International, Inc., 9725 Industrial Drive, Bridgeview, Illinois 60455. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information under the headings “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation Committee Report 
on  Executive  Compensation”  “COMPENSATION  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS,”  “EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION,”  and 
“DIRECTOR COMPENSATION” in our 2019 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information under the headings “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS” in our 2019 Proxy 
Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The information under the headings “Transactions with Related Persons,” “Corporate Governance,” “Compensation Committee,” and 
“Audit Committee” in our 2019 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The information under the heading “Audit Committee” in our 2019 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a)  The following documents are filed as part of this Report: 

PART IV 

(1)  Financial Statements 

See Index to Financial Statements on page 39. 

(2) 

Supplemental Schedules 

None. 

All schedules have been  omitted because the required information is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the 
schedules, or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto. 

(b)  Exhibits 

See the Exhibit Index following the signature page. 

(c)  Financial Statement Schedules 

All information  for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations  of the SEC is either included  in the  financial 
statements, is not required under the related instructions or is inapplicable, and therefore has been omitted. 

95 

 
 
 
Exhibit No.  

  Description 

Exhibit Index 

  1.1 

  2.1 

  2.2 

  2.3 

  2.4 

  2.5 

  2.6 

  3.1 

  3.2 

  4.1 

  4.2 

  4.3 

  4.4 

  4.5 

Controlled Equity OfferingSM Sales Agreement, dated January 23, 2017, by and between Manitex International, Inc. and 
Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
January 23, 2017). 

English Summary of Form of Agreement for Sale of Company Division dated June 27, 2011 between C.V.S. 
Costruzione Veicoli Speciali S.p.A. and CVS Ferrari srl (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report 
on Form 8-K/A filed on August 8, 2011) (File No. 001-32401)). 

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated October 29, 2014, between Manitex International, Inc. and Terex Corporation 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 3, 2014). 

Amendment No. 1, dated December 19, 2014 to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated October 29, 2014, between Manitex 
International, Inc. and Terex Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on December 23, 2014). 

Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 28, 2015, by and between Manitex International, Inc. and Utility One Source 
Forestry Equipment LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
January 4, 2016). 

Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2016, by and among Manitex International, Inc., Liftking, Inc., 
Mi-Jack Products, Inc. and Liftking Acquisition ULC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2016). 

Sale and Purchase Agreement by and among Manitex International, Inc., BP S.r.l. and NEIP III S.p.A. (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 28, 2016).  

Articles of Incorporation, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
filed on November 13, 2008) (File No. 001-32401). 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Veri-Tek International, Corp. (now known as Manitex International, Inc.), as amended 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 27, 2008) (File No. 001-
32401). 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Manitex International, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the 
Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 25, 2009) (File No. 001-32401). 

Rights Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2008, between Manitex International, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & 
Trust Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 21, 
2008) (File No. 001-32401). 

Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 24, 2018, to Rights Agreement, dated October 17, 2008, by and between Manitex 
International, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to 
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 31, 2018). 

Amendment No. 2, dated as of October 2, 2018, to Rights Agreement, dated October 17, 2008, by and between Manitex 
International, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2018). 

Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note, dated as of December 19, 2014, between Manitex International, Inc. and 
Terex Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 
2014). 

10.1 

* 

Employment Agreement, dated December 12, 2012, between Manitex International, Inc. and David J. Langevin 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-k filed on December 17, 2012) (File No. 
001-32401). 

10.2 

* 

Second Amended and Restated Manitex International, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.4 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2010) (File No. 001-32401). 

96 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
Exhibit No.  

  Description 

10.3 

* 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
on November 16, 2007) (File No. 001-32401). 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

Lease dated April 17, 2006 between Krislee-Texas, LLC and Manitex, Inc. for facility located in Georgetown, Texas 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on April 13, 2007) (File No. 001-
32401). 

Lease Agreement, dated July 10, 2009, by and between Badger Equipment Company and Avis Industrial Corporation 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 16, 2009) (File No. 001-
32401). 

Lease Agreement, dated May 26, 2010, between Manitex International, Inc. and KB Building, LLC (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 28, 2010) (File No. 001-32401). 

Lease Amendment, dated June 6, 2014 between Manitex International, Inc. and KB Building, LLC (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2014). 

Lease Amendment, dated October 3, 2018, between Manitex International, Inc. and KB Building, LLC (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on From 8-K filed on October 3, 2018). 

Lease dated June 8, 2010, between Aldrovandi Equipment Limited and Manitex Liftking, ULC for facility located in 
Woodbridge, Ontario (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on 
August 13, 2010) (File No. 001-32401). 

First Amendment to Commercial lease with Sabre Realty, LLC dated August 19, 2013 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed (with respect to Items 1.01, 2.01, 2.03, 3.02, and 9.01) 
August 20, 2013) (File No. 001-32401). 

Commercial lease with Sabre Realty, LLC dated January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed (with respect to Items 1.01, 2.01, 2.03, 3.02, and 9.01) August 20, 2013) 
(File No. 001-32401). 

Commercial lease with Brave New World Realty, LLC dated August 29, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 
of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed (with respect to Items 1.01, 2.01, 2.03, 3.02, and 9.01) August 20, 
2013) (File No. 001-32401). 

First Amendment to Commercial lease with Brave New World Realty, LLC dated August 19, 2013 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed (with respect to Items 1.01, 2.01, 2.03, 
3.02, and 9.01) August 20, 2013) (File No. 001-32401). 

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Letter Agreement dated December 23, 2011 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 5, 2013) (File No. 001-32401). 

Amended and Restated Specialized Equipment Facility Master Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 5, 2013) (File No. 001-32401). 

Reaffirmation of Manitex International, Inc. Guaranty (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 5, 2013) (File No. 001-32401). 

Reaffirmation of Manitex, LLC Guaranty (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed February 5, 2013) (File No. 001-32401).  

Guarantor Waiver executed by Manitex International, Inc. and Manitex, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 
to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 5, 2013) (File No. 001-32401). 

Acknowledgement of Manitex International, Inc. and Manitex, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the 
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 5, 2013) (File No. 001-32401). 

Amendment dated April 3, 2013 to Master Revolving Note dated June 29, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 8, 2013) (File No. 001-32401). 

97 

 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
Exhibit No.  

  Description 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27  

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

10.32 

10.33 

First Amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Manitex International, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q August 7, 2013) (File No. 
001-32401). 

Second Amendment to Manitex International, Inc.’s Second Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 3, 2016).   

Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2016, by and among The PrivateBank and Trust Company, as 
administrative agent and sole lead arranger, Manitex International, Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger 
Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., Crane and Machinery Leasing, Inc., Lifking, Inc. and Manitex, LLC 
(as the US Borrowers) and Manitex Liftking, ULC (as the Canadian Borrower) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 25, 2016). 

First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of August 4, 2016, by and among Manitex International, 
Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., Crane and Machinery 
Leasing, Inc., Liftking, Inc., Manitex, LLC and Manitex Liftking, ULC, The Private Bank and Trust Company and the 
lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 9, 
2016). 

Consent and Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2016, by and among 
Manitex International, Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., 
Crane and Machinery Leasing, Inc., Liftking, Inc. and Manitex, LLC, The Private Bank and Trust Company and the 
lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 3, 2016). 

Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2016, by and among Manitex 
International, Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., Crane 
and Machinery Leasing, Inc., and Manitex, LLC, The Private Bank and Trust Company and the lenders party thereto 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2016). 

Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 10, 2017, by and among Manitex 
International, Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., Crane 
and Machinery Leasing, Inc., and Manitex, LLC, The Private Bank and Trust Company and the lenders party thereto 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 10, 2017).  

Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2017, by and among Manitex International, 
Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., Crane and Machinery 
Leasing, Inc. and Manitex LLC, The Private Bank and Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2017. 

Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March  9, 2018, by and among Manitex International, 
Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., Crane and Machinery 
Leasing, Inc., and Manitex, LLC, CIBC Bank USA (f/k/a The PrivateBank and Trust Company) and the lenders party 
thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 14, 2018). 

Seventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2018, by and among Manitex International, 
Inc., Manitex Inc., Manitex Sabre, Inc., Badger Equipment Company, Crane and Machinery, Inc., Crane and Machinery 
Leasing, Inc., and Manitex, LLC, CIBC Bank USA (f/k/a The PrivateBank and Trust Company) and the lenders party 
thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2018) 

Second Amended and Restated Letter Agreement between Manitex Liftking, ULC and Comerica Bank dated November 
13, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 14, 2013) 
(File No. 001-32401). 

Second Amended and Restated Specialized Equipment Export Facility Master Revolving Note between Manitex 
Liftking, ULC and Comerica Bank dated November 13, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on November 14, 2013) (File No. 001-32401). 

Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Specialized Equipment Export Facility Master Revolving Note 
dated November 13, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 7, 
2015). 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit No.  

  Description 

10.34 

10.35 

10.36 

10.37 

10.38 

10.39 

10.40 

10.41 

10.42 

10.43 

10.44 

10.45 

10.46 

10.47 

10.48 

10.49 

Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Specialized Equipment Export Facility Master Revolving Note dated 
November 13, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 1, 
2015). 

Advance Formula Agreement dated as of December 23, 2011, made by Manitex Liftking, ULC in favor of Comerica 
Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011) (File 
No. 001-32401). 

Amendment No. 1, dated August 10, 2012, to Advance Formula Agreement dated as of December 23, 2011, made by 
Manitex Liftking, ULC in favor of Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on August 13, 2012) (File No. 001-32401). 

Master Revolving Note in the principal amount of $500,000 dated May 5, 2010, between Manitex International, Inc. and 
Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August May 11, 
2010) (File No. 001-32401). 

Amendment No. 1, dated August 10, 2012, to Master Revolving Note in the principal amount of $500,000 dated May 5, 
2010, between Manitex International, Inc. and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on August 13, 2012) (File No. 001-32401). 

Letter agreement dated May 5, 2010, between Manitex International, Inc. and Comerica Bank (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 11, 2010) (File No. 001-32401). 

Amendment effective as of June 29, 2011 to the Letter Agreement dated May 5, 2010 between Manitex International, Inc. 
and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011) 
(File No. 001-32401). 

Comerica Bank Foreign Currency Exchange Master Agreement, dated September 7, 2007, between Veri-Tek 
International, Corp. (now known as Manitex International, Inc.) and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2007) (File No. 001-32401). 

Specialized Equipment Export Facility Master Revolving Note for $2.0 million dated December 23, 2011, between 
Manitex Liftking, ULC and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-
K filed on December 30, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

Manitex International, Inc. Guarantee dated as of December 23, 2011 in favor of Comerica Bank related to indebtedness 
of Manitex Liftking, ULC Specialized Equipment Export Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

Manitex, LLC Guarantee dated as of December 23, 2011, in favor of Comerica Bank related to indebtedness of Manitex 
Liftking, ULC Specialized Equipment Export Facility (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

Manitex International, Inc. Waiver issued to Export Development Canada dated December 9, 2011 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

Manitex, LLC Waiver issued to Export Development Canada dated December 9, 2011 (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.7 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

Amended and Restated Master Revolving Note (Multi-Currency) for $6.5 million dated December 23, 2011, between 
Manitex Liftking, ULC and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Current Report on Form 8-
K filed on December 30, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

Amended and Restated Guaranty dated December 23, 2011 from Manitex International, Inc. to Comerica Bank related to 
Manitex Liftking, ULC Amended and Restated Master Revolving Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to 
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of December 23, 1011 from Manitex International, Inc. to 
Comerica Bank related to Manitex Liftking, ULC Amended and Restated Master Revolving Note (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
Exhibit No.  

  Description 

10.50 

10.51 

10.52 

10.53 

10.54 

10.55 

10.56 

10.57 

10.58 

10.59 

10.60 

10.61 

10.62 

10.63 

10.64 

Amended and Restated Guaranty dated December 23, 2011 from Manitex, LLC to Comerica Bank related to Manitex 
Liftking, ULC Amended and Restated Master Revolving Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

Security Agreement dated as of December 23, 2011 from Manitex, LLC to Comerica Bank related to Manitex Liftking, 
ULC Amended and Restated Master Revolving Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Current Report 
on Form 8-K filed on December 30, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

Floorplan and Security Agreement between Manitex International, Inc. and HCA Equipment Finance LLC, dated 
December 15, 2008, together with the form of Extension of Credit, which is attached as Exhibit A thereto, and the 
Addendum to Floorplan and Security Agreement, dated January 20, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to 
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2009) (File No. 001-32401). 

Restructuring Agreement, dated October 6, 2008, by and among Terex Corporation, Crane & Machinery, Inc., and 
Manitex International, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
October 10, 2008) (File No. 001-32401). 

Term Note in principal amount of $2,000,000, dated October 6, 2008, payable by Manitex International, Inc. to Terex 
Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2008) 
(File No. 001-32401). 

Security Agreement, dated October 6, 2008, by and between Crane & Machinery, Inc. and Terex Corporation 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 10, 2008) (File No. 001-
32401). 

Master Revolving Note in the principal amount of $22.5 million dated June 29, 2011 by and between, and between 
Manitex, Inc. and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
July 1, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

Master Revolving Note in the principal amount of $1.0 million dated June 29, 2011 by and between, and between 
Manitex International, Inc. and Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10-6 to the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

Guaranty of Manitex International, Inc. dated June 29, 2011 that guarantees Manitex, Inc. indebtedness to Comerica 
Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011) (File No. 001-
32401). 

Guaranty of Manitex International, Inc. dated June 29, 2011 that guarantees Manitex Liftking, ULC indebtedness to 
Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011) 
(File No. 001-32401). 

Guaranty of Badger Equipment Company and Manitex Load King, Inc. dated June 29, 2011 that guarantees Manitex, 
Inc. and Manitex International, Inc. indebtedness to Comerica Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

Security Agreement dated June 29, 2011 by and between, and between Badger Equipment Company and Comerica Bank 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011) (File No. 001-
32401). 

Security Agreement dated June 29, 2011 by and between, and between Manitex Load King, Inc. and Comerica Bank 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011) (File No. 001-
32401). 

Guaranty of Manitex, Inc. dated June 29, 2011 that guarantees Manitex International, Inc. indebtedness to Comerica 
Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2011) (File No. 
001-32401). 

Loan Agreement dated November 2, 2011, between the South Dakota Board of Economic Development and Manitex 
Load King, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 
2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
Exhibit No.  

  Description 

10.65 

10.66 

10.67 

Promissory Note in the principal amount of $857,500 dated November 2, 2011, between Manitex Load King, Inc. and 
the South Dakota Board of Economic Development (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

Mortgage—One Hundred Eighty Day Redemption dated November 2, 2011, between Manitex Load King, Inc. and the 
South Dakota Board of Economic Development (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

Guaranty Agreement dated November 2, 2011, between the State of South Dakota Board of Economic Development and 
Manitex International, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
November 8, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

10.68 

* 

Employment Agreement dated November 2, 2011, between the State of South Dakota Board of Economic Development 
and Manitex Load King, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
November 8, 2011) (File No. 001-32401). 

10.69 

10.70 

10.71 

10.72 

10.73 

10.74 

10.75 

10.76 

10.77 

10.78 

10.79 

10.80 

10.81 

Promissory Note in the principal amount of $857,500 dated November 2, 2011, between Manitex Load King, Inc. and 
Home Federal Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 
2011 (File No. 001-32401)). 

Mortgage One Hundred Eighty Day Redemption dated November 2, 2011, between Manitex Load King, Inc. and Home 
Federal Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2011 
(File No. 001-32401)). 

Guaranty dated November 2, 2011, between Manitex International, Inc., Manitex Load King, Inc. and Home Federal 
Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2011 (File No. 
001-32401)). 

Promissory Note in the principal amount of $400,000 dated November 2, 2011, between Manitex Load King, Inc. and 
Home Federal Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 
2011 (File No. 001-32401)). 

Security Agreement dated November 2, 2011, between Home Federal Bank and Manitex Load King, Inc. (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2011 (File No. 001-32401)). 

English Summary of Form of Agreement for the Provision of Goods dated June 29, 2011 between CVS Ferrari Srl and 
Cabletronic srl. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on August 8, 2011 
(File No. 001-32401)). 

English Summary of Form of Letter Agreement dated February 11, 2011 between C.V.S. Costruzione Veicoli Speciali 
S.p.A. and CVS Ferrari srl (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed on 
August 8, 2011 (File No. 001-32401)). 

Investment Agreement, dated July 21, 2014, between Manitex International, Inc., IPEF III Holdings n° 11 S.A and 
Columna Holdings Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
July 25, 2014). 

Debt Assignment Agreements, dated July 21, 2014, between Manitex International, Inc. and Banca Popolare del’Emilia 
Romagna S.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2014). 

Debt Assignment Agreements, dated July 21, 2014, between Manitex International, Inc. and Unicredit S.P.A. 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2014). 

Option Agreement, dated July 21, 2014, by and between Manitex International, Inc. and Banca Popolare del’Emilia 
Romagna S.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2014). 

Commitment Letter dated July 21, 2014 the Company and PM Group (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 25, 2014). 

Common Stock and Convertible Debenture Purchase Agreement, dated October 29, 2014, between Manitex 
International, Inc. and Terex Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed on November 3, 2014). 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
Exhibit No.  

  Description 

10.82 

10.83 

10.84 

10.85 

10.86 

10.87 

21.1 

23.1  

23.2  

24.1  

31.1  

31.2  

32.1 

101 

Credit Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2014 among ASV, the Loan Parties party thereto and Garrison Loan 
Agency Services LLC, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2014). 

First Amendment, dated March 15, 2016, to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2014 among ASV, the Loan 
Parties party thereto and Garrison Loan Agency Services LLC, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 27, 2017). 

Revolving Credit, Term Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 23, 2016 among A.S.V., LLC, the Loan 
Parties thereto, the Lenders and PNC Bank, National Association, as agent for Lenders (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 29, 2016). 

Credit Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2014 among ASV, the Loan Parties party thereto, the Lenders party thereto 
and JPMorgan Chase bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2014). 

Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2015, by and among Manitex International, Inc., MI Convert Holdings 
LLC and Invemed Associates LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
on January 12, 2015). 

English translation of Debt Restructuring Agreement, dated March 6, 2018, by and among PM Group S.p.A. and Oil & 
Steel S.p.A., Loan Agency Services S.r.l. and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 12, 2018). 

(1)

   Subsidiaries of the Company. 

(1)   Consent of UHY LLP 

(1)   Consent of Grant Thornton LLP 

(1)    Power of Attorney (included on signature page). 

(1) 

(1) 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended. 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934, as amended. 

(1)    Certification by Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350. 

(1) 

The following financial information from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2018, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Statements of 
Operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, (ii) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of 
December 31, 2018 and 2017, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Loss, (iv) 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

* 
(1)  Filed herewith. 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to 
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

Dated: March 15, 2019 

MANITEX INTERNATIONAL, INC. 

By:   

/s/ LAURA R. YU 
Laura R. Yu 
Chief Financial Officer 
(On behalf of the Registrant and as 
Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoint David J. 
Langevin his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with Exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or substitute or substitutes 
may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

/s/ DAVID J. LANGEVIN 
David J. Langevin, 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ LAURA R. YU 
Laura R. Yu 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

/s/ RONALD M. CLARK 
Ronald M. Clark, 
Director 

/s/ ROBERT S. GIGLIOTTI 
Robert S. Gigliotti, 
Director 

/s/ FREDERICK B. KNOX 
Frederick B. Knox, 
Director 

/s/ MARVIN B. ROSENBERG 
Marvin B. Rosenberg, 
Director 

/s/ INGO SCHILLER 
Ingo Schiller, 
Director 

/s/ STEPHEN J. TOBER 
Stephen J. Tober, 
Director 

   March 15, 2019 

   March 15, 2019 

   March 15, 2019 

   March 15, 2019 

   March 15, 2019 

   March 15, 2019 

   March 15, 2019 

  March 15, 2019 

103